911 GT3, 911 GT3 RS

WKD 992 04 B 21 23
911 GT3, 911 GT3 RS
Good to know – Owner’s Manual

WKD 992 04 B 21 23
WKD 992 04 B 21 23 09/2022
Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG is the owner of numer-
ous trademarks, both registered and unregistered,
including, without limitation, the Porsche Crest®,
Porsche®, Boxster®, Carrera®, Cayenne®, Cayman®,
Macan®, Panamera®, Taycan®, PCM™, PDK®, 911®,
718®, 4S®, RS®
and the model numbers and the distinctive shapes
of the Porsche automobiles, such as the federally
registered 911 and Boxster automobiles in the US.
The third party trademarks contained herein are the
property of their respective owners.
All text, images, and other content in this publica- availability of options and verify that your vehicle in-
tion are protected by copyright. No part of this pub- cludes the optional equipment you ordered. Porsche
lication may be reproduced in any form or by any recommends seat belt usage and observance of traf-
means without prior written permission of Porsche fic laws at all times. ©2022 Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG
Cars North America, Inc. Porsche Cars North Amer-
ica, Inc. and its affiliates believe the specifications
to be correct at the time of printing. However, spec-
ifications, standard equipment, and options are sub-
ject to change without notice. Some options may be
unavailable when any particular car is built. Some
vehicles may be shown with equipment that is not
available in the US or Canada. Please ask your author-
ized Porsche dealer for advice concerning the current
About this Owner’s Manual 1. Instructions are numbered in cases where a se-
quence of steps must be followed.
App
Warnings and symbols
2. Instructions that must be followed on the PCM
Different types of warning instructions and symbols display.
are used in this operating manual.
DANGER
Serious injury or death g Indicates where you can find more information on a
topic.
Failure to observe warnings in the "Danger" category
will result in serious injury or death. Further information
Possible serious injury or You will find more information onboard in your vehi-
WARNING Scan the QR code to download the My Porsche App
death cle and in the digital channels (depending on coun-
in the relevant App Store. You will find the complete
try).
Failure to observe warnings in the "Warning" cate- Owner's Manual in the My Porsche app under:
gory can result in serious injury or death.
On-board e Vehicle e Details e Owner’s Manual
Possible moderate or mi-
CAUTION
nor injury After downloading the Owner's Manual, it can also be
accessed offline.
Failure to observe warnings in the "Caution" category
can result in serious or light injury.
Web
NOTE You can access the comprehensive Owner's Manual
at the following web address:
Vehicle damage possible – manual.porsche.com
Failure to observe warnings in the "Notice" category – my.porsche.com
can result in damage to the vehicle.

Information You can find the Owner's Manual in the Porsche Disclaimer
Communication Management (PCM) under: Apple®, the Apple logo, CarPlay®, iPod®, Siri®,
Additional information is indicated using the word
iPhone®, and other designations of Apple are trade-
"Information". e e Owner's Manual marks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.,
b Prerequisites that must be fulfilled in order to registered in the U.S. and other countries. iOS® is a
use a function. trademark or registered trademark of Cisco Technol-
ogy, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries and is used
e Instructions that must be followed.
under license by Apple. Android®, Google Play®, and
the Google Play logo are trademarks of Google LLC.

1
 Table of Contents
Safety and Driving Pleasure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Overview graphics
Filler openings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Topics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Opening and Locking
Alarm System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Vehicle Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Garage Door Opener (HomeLink®). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Tailgate (service hatch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Central Locking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
Airbag Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Interior Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Child Restraint Systems (Child Seats). . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Air Conditioning System (2-Zone Automatic Air
Conditioning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Steering Wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Personal Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Seat Belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Porsche Active Suspension Management
(PASM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Porsche Stability Management (PSM). . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Porsche Torque Vectoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Porsche Vehicle Tracking System (PVTS). . . . . . . . 83
Windshield wipers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Spoilers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Cruise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Traffic Sign Recognition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Warn and Brake Assist (911 GT3/911 GT3
with Touring Package). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Display and input
Instrument cluster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Porsche Communication Management (PCM). . . 103
Voice Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Warning and Information Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Operation and use
Notifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Vehicle settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Device Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Home Screen and MyScreen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Navigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Sport Chrono Stopwatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
12-volt battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Brake Fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Emergency Call System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Car Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Measurement on the test stand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Tires and Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Flat Tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Refueling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Jack and Lifting Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Washer Fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Technical Data
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Radio equipment in accordance with
2014/53/EU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Driving and Driving Assistance Porsche Connect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹

Drive-off assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Auto Start Stop function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Driving programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Starting, Driving and Stopping the Vehicle. . . . . . . . 61
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Front axle lift system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
ParkAssist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Luggage and Transport
Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Cup Holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Luggage compartment (service room). . . . . . . . . . 119
Smoker's Package. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Electrical Socket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

2 1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

Safety and Driving Pleasure
Your contribution
Your Porsche: High performance, great sportiness.
A fascinating experience – no doubt about it. But
only if you can remain relaxed, whatever the situa-
tion. Therefore, for us the best quality also applies to
safety.
Here you can find out how you can play your part in
ensuring safety while driving your Porsche.
Excellent technology: A prerequi-
site for your safety
Dear vehicle owner, thank you for choosing a Porsche
sports car. No other vehicle embodies such a unique
blend of legendary tradition, ground-breaking innova-
tion, high performance, and sportiness.
Because your safety and driving pleasure are impor-
tant to us, we ask you to study the Owner's Manual
before starting your journey. Please familiarize your-
self with the handling of your Porsche vehicle.
To prevent or limit injuries, always fasten your seat
belts and always operate your Porsche vehicle within
the legal requirements.
Always keep the Owner's Manual in the vehicle. If
you sell your Porsche vehicle, please pass the Own-
er's Manual and other operating instructions on to
the new owner. If you have any questions regarding
the handling or maintenance of your vehicle, please
select 1-800-PORSCHE or contact your Porsche
dealer.
A separate maintenance specification provides infor-
mation on how to keep your Porsche running in per-
fect condition with regular maintenance measures.
A separate warranty and information booklet for
customers contains detailed information on warranty
protection for your Porsche.
Improper use of your Por-
WARNING
sche
Your Porsche is designed to be used safely and ac-
cording to local traffic regulations, the prevailing driv-
ing conditions and information in the Owner’s Man-
ual.
e Do not misuse your Porsche by ignoring traffic
regulations, driving conditions or the information
in this Manual.
Your vehicle consists of thousands of parts and com-
ponents developed and manufactured to meet the
high demands that Porsche places on technical qual-
ity and safety.
In this brochure, “left” refers to the driver side of the
vehicle, while “right” refers to the passenger side. The
texts, illustrations, and technical data in this brochure
are based on the information available at the time of
publication.
Porsche has always strived to continuously improve
its products. For this reason, Porsche reserves the
right to make design changes, modify technical data
and expand or improve products without any obliga-
tion to apply these changes and improvements to
previously manufactured products.
We wish you many miles of safety and driving pleas-
ure with your Porsche!
Reporting Safety Defects
For U.S. only:
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which
could cause a crash or could cause injury or death,
you should immediately inform the National Highway
Safety and Driving Pleasure
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying Porsche Cars North America, Inc. (Porsche
Cars N.A.).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open
an investigation, and if it finds that a safety problem
exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-
come involved in individual problems between you
and your authorized Porsche dealer, or Porsche Cars
N.A.. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle
Safety Hotline toll-free at 1–888–327–4236 (TTY:
1–800–424–9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,
NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave, SE, Washington, DC
20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
For Canada only
If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle
has a defect that could cause a crash, injury or death,
you should notify Porsche Cars Canada, Ltd. immedi-
ately and may also inform Transport Canada, Defect
Investigations and Recalls.
Canadian customers who wish to report a safetyre-
lated defect to Transport Canada, Defect Investiga-
tions and Recalls, may either call Transport Canada
toll-free at:
Tel: 1-800-333-0510 or Tel: 1-819-994-3328
(Ottawa region and from other countries)
TTY for hearing impaired: 1-888-675-6863 or con-
tact Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Investigations Laboratory 80
Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
3
Safety and Driving Pleasure
For additional road safety information, please
visit the Road Safety website at: English:
https://tc.canada.ca/en/road-transportation French:
https://tc.canada.ca/fr/transport-routier
Note to owners
In Canada, this manual is also available in French. To
obtain a copy contact your authorized Porsche centre
or write to:
Note aux proprietaires
Au Canada on peut se procurer un exemplaire de ce
Manuel en français auprès du concessionaire ou du:
Porsche Cars Canada, Ltd.
Automobiles Porsche Canada, LTEE
165 Yorkland Boulevard
Unit 150
Toronto, ON
Canada, M2J 4R2
Telephone number for customer assistance: 1-800-
PORSCHE / Option 3
Excellent technology: a prerequisite for your
driving pleasure
High-quality materials and outstanding craftsman-
ship ensure a long vehicle service life. The vehicle
requires care and attention in order to achieve its full
potential. You will then be able count on your Porsche
in critical situations, too.
4
Checking the vehicle for damage and correct func-
tioning
A vehicle with technical defects may be the cause of
accidents due to faulty operating behavior, for exam-
ple.
e Check your vehicle regularly (at least once a
month and prior to long trips) to ensure it is free
of technical defects. Check for the following in
particular:
– Undamaged tires, correct tire pressure and
sufficient tread
– Operation of headlights, brake lights and
turn signals
– Undamaged aerodynamic components
– Intact wiper blades
– Windshield and window glass is clear and
free of cracks or other damage
– Door and interior mirrors are intact and cor-
rectly adjusted
– Sensors and cameras are not cracked or
damaged
– Cooling air ducts, sensors and cameras not
covered (e.g., by films, stone guards, license
plate holders)
e Only operate telephones or radio equipment with
built-in antennas inside the vehicle using the
connected external antenna so that the thresh-
old values for electromagnetic radiation in the
vehicle are not exceeded.
Checking tires for damage
Damaged tires could rupture while driving. You may
lose control of the vehicle.
e Inspect the tires as often as required depending
on use, but at least once a month, for any pene-
trating foreign objects, punctures, cuts, tears, or
bulges. Also check the tire sidewalls as part of
this process.
e If in doubt, have the tire and the entire wheel
checked by an authorized Porsche service cen-
ter.
e Do not continue driving with damaged tires.
Have damaged tires replaced immediately: Visit
an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recom-

mends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
Setting tire pressure
Excessively low or high tire pressure destroys the
tire and wheel, extends the braking distance, and
significantly increases the risk of an accident. If the
tire pressure is too low, there may be a noticeable
increase in power consumption.
e Adjust tire pressure to suit your tires and the
load.
g Refer to chapter “Technical Data“ on page 177.
g Refer to chapter “Tires and Wheels“ on page
148.
e Make sure that the settings in the TPMS menu
correspond to the tires fitted on the vehicle and
its load.
g Refer to chapter “Tire pressure and Tire Pres-
sure Monitoring System (TPMS)“ on page 149.
e If a red tire pressure warning appears on the
instrument cluster: Stop immediately in a suita-
ble place and check the tires for damage. Do
not continue driving with damaged tires. If nec-
essary, repair damage using tire sealant.
g Refer to chapter “Flat Tire“ on page 167.
Checking the lights
If the lights are faulty, your vehicle will be difficult
to see in the dark and in poor visibility. Other road
users may notice you too late, increasing the risk of
an accident.
Lighting system components are:
– Parking light, driving lights, low beam and high
beam
– Turn signals, brake and reversing lights
– Fog lights
e Check that all lights function correctly and have
defective lights repaired immediately.
Checking aerodynamic components
Damaged or missing aerodynamic components (e.g.,
spoilers or underbody paneling) impair vehicle han-
dling.
Safety and Driving Pleasure
e Check your vehicle regularly for damage.
e Damaged or missing components must be re-
placed immediately.
e Never pull or push the vehicle by the rear wing or
spoiler.
Also check the plastic fins on the underbody for dam-
age. Grinding marks are not critical.
e If parts of the fins or entire fins are missing, have
the component replaced immediately.
Adding, removing, changing and replacing aerody-
namic components can have an adverse effect on
handling. It poses a considerable safety risk. We
therefore strongly recommend that you do not do so.
Keeping windshield, windows and wiper
blades clean and functional
Dirty windshields and windows and defective wiper
blades reduce visibility and significantly increase the
risk of an accident.
e Keep the vehicle and windshield/windows clean.
e Thaw frozen wiper blades and free them from
the windshield.
e Replace wiper blades regularly, or at the latest
when they begin to leave streaks on the wind-
shield.
5
Safety and Driving Pleasure
g Refer to chapter “Windshield wipers“ on page
85.
Service and modifications to the vehicle
must be performed by an authorized Por-
sche dealer
Any modification to the vehicle may impair or disable
its safety functions. Unauthorized work performed
during the warranty period may result in claims being
invalidated.
e Have all service work and modifications to the
vehicle performed exclusively by an authorized
Porsche dealer. This ensures that your vehicle re-
mains reliable and safe to drive, and that no con-
sequential damage occurs to your vehicle. Por-
sche recommends an authorized Porsche dealer,
as they have trained technicians and the neces-
sary parts and tools.
6
Diagnostic socket
The diagnostic socket is used to connect diagnostic
devices in authorized Porsche dealer workshops.
External devices connected to the diagnostic socket
can impair the function of the vehicle systems and
run down or damage the battery (exhaustive dis-
charge) when the vehicle is switched off. Examples
of such external devices are navigation devices and
head-up displays. The external equipment and cables
can obstruct clearance around the pedals or become
caught between the pedals when braking or changing
direction.
e Do not connect any equipment to the diagnostic
socket.
e Do not place any equipment or cables in the
driver’s footwell.
Spare parts for your Porsche
e Only use genuine Porsche spare parts for your
vehicle or spare parts of a similar quality, which
have been manufactured according to the spec-
ifications and production requirements of Por-
sche. This ensures that your vehicle remains reli-
able and safe to drive, and that no consequential
damage occurs to your vehicle. These parts are
available from authorized Porsche dealers. Por-
sche recommends an authorized Porsche dealer,
as they have trained technicians and the neces-
sary parts and tools.
e Only use accessories that originate from the
Porsche Tequipment range or that have been
tested and approved by Porsche. For information
on Porsche Tequipment, contact an authorized
Porsche dealer.
Information
If other spare parts or accessories are used, Porsche
does not accept any liability for damages caused by
these parts. Even if a supplier has obtained a General
Operating License for spare parts or accessories, the
safety of the vehicle may still be affected.
The use of spare parts or accessories not approved by
Porsche may also void your vehicle warranty.
Load, safety systems, children in
the vehicle: Know-how for Porsche
drivers
With your Porsche, you can accelerate to above
60 mph ( 100 km/h ) within a few seconds. With
so much power, you should do everything necessary
to ensure safety before driving.
Therefore, prepare for the journey with the same pas-
sion that you feel during driving.

Your life-saver: Correct use of seat belts
The seat belts can only protect you from injuries if
they are functional and are used correctly.
Information
Severe injuries can occur at speeds as low as 20 mph
(30 km/h). Safety systems only protect when used in
combination. For example, the airbags can only pro-
tect you properly if the seat belts are worn correctly.
e Always fasten seat belts tightly, even on short
journeys.
e
Use one seat belt to secure one occupant only.
e Remove any loose articles of clothing, e.g., winter
coats.
e Do not lay seat belts over hard or fragile objects,
e.g., glasses or ball-point pens.
e Do not twist seat belts.
e Always fully retract unused seat belts.
e Pregnant drivers or passengers: should position
the lap belt well below their belly and lay the
shoulder belt tautly over their chest.
e If worn or damaged, have the belt, belt buckle or
attachment points replaced.
g Refer to chapter “Seat Belts“ on page 49.
Safety and Driving Pleasure
Airbag system g Refer to chapter “Airbag Systems“ on page
37.
Securing all objects in the passenger com-
partment
Airbag systems can only perform their protective
function if all occupants have their seat belts fas-
tened and maintain the correct seating position. Ob-
jects and luggage must be stowed safely.
e Make sure that there are no persons, animals or An unsecured or incorrectly positioned load in the
objects between the occupants and the area into passenger compartment can be thrown around as a
which the airbag deploys. result of braking or acceleration as well as during
e Maintain a distance from the airbags, e.g., do not changes of direction or in an accident. Occupants
may be endangered and injured.
lean against the inside of the doors. Always keep
your feet in the footwell while driving. Do not put Information
feet on the dashboard or the seat cushion.
In the event of a collision at 30 mph (50 km/h), for
Airbag systems that have been tampered with offer
example, unsecured objects can be thrown forwards
no protection. They may either not trigger or be trig-
with a force up to 50 times their weight. For example,
gered in an uncontrolled manner. Uncontrolled trig-
gering can cause serious injuries.
a 0.4 gallon (1.5 liter) bottle of water has a force of
up to 165 lbs. (75 kg) when it is thrown through the
e Do not use seat covers. interior.
e Do not attach any additional trims or stickers
e As a rule, transport only secured objects in the
to the steering wheel or in the vicinity of the
airbags.
vehicle.
e Always stow loads securely, e.g., in the luggage
e Do not route any cables of additional electrical
compartment.
equipment in the vicinity of the airbag wiring.
e Stow small items in storage compartments and
e Do not remove airbag components, e.g., steering
close all storage compartments. Objects must
wheel, front seats, roof trims.
not protrude out of the storage compartments.
e Do not modify the wiring or components of the
e Never place objects on top of the dashboard.
airbag system.
7
Safety and Driving Pleasure
e Secure loads with tie-down belts (minimum tear
strength 1543 lbs. (700 kg).
e Do not transport heavy objects in open storage
compartments.
e Also provide your passengers with all information
regarding safety measures.
For correctly loading your Porsche and stowing items:
g Refer to chapter “Storage“ on page 119.
g Refer to chapter “Luggage compartment (service
room)“ on page 119.
Preventing crushing hazards
Fig. 1: Preventing crushing hazards
If persons or animals are within the range of move-
ment of certain vehicle components, there is a risk
of body parts being trapped or crushed. These com-
ponents include:
– Adjustable front seats
– Doors
– Windows
– Flaps and lids
– Storage compartment lids
e Make sure that no persons or animals are within
the range of movement when moving these vehi-
cle components.
8
Supervise children’s behavior
Children often cannot judge dangers correctly and
may behave inappropriately in dangerous situations.
Children can accidentally trigger automatic settings
(e.g., seat adjustment) and suffer injury. Children may
not be able to exit the vehicle in emergency situa-
tions, e.g., overheated passenger compartment. This
is dangerous to life, especially for young children.
e Keep children away from live or hot parts, e.g.,
the exhaust tailpipe.
e Keep toxic materials out of the reach of children,
e.g., tire sealant, engine oil.
e Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended.
Safe use of child restraint systems
Child restraint systems only function when installed
correctly.
e Only use child restraint systems approved for
your Porsche.
e Before using a child restraint system: Read and
follow the instructions from the child restraint
system manufacturer as well as this Owner’s
Manual.
g Refer to chapter “Child Restraint Systems
(Child Seats)“ on page 41.
Safe, competent driving: Making
the right decisions
Ultimately, it is you who is responsible for mastering
your powerful vehicle.
Driving safety
e Never drive under the influence of alcohol or
drugs.
e Always drive defensively.
e Expect the unexpected.
e Use the direction indicators when turning and
changing lanes.
e Switch on the headlights at dusk or when the
situation requires it.

e Always keep a safe distance from vehicles in
front, taking into account the traffic situation,
road conditions and weather conditions.
e Reduce your speed at night and in bad weather.
e Driving in the wet requires mindfulness and re-
duced speeds. This is especially true on roads
with standing water, as the handling properties
of the vehicle can be impaired by aquaplaning of
the tires.
e Always adhere to speed limits and obey traffic
signs and rules.
e When you get tired, stop and take a break at an
appropriate place. Turn off the vehicle.
e Also turn the front wheels towards the curb on
inclines/declines.
The safe driver:
– knows his vehicle and all controls,
– maintains the vehicle appropriately,
– uses his driving skills wisely and always drives
within the limits of his abilities and familiarity
with the vehicle.
In these instructions you will find useful information
on how to carry out most of the tests and measures
listed on the following pages.
Your Porsche is an all-rounder. When you release the
emergency braking function from Launch Control –,
everything is possible. However: You are ultimately
responsible for keeping your powerful vehicle under
control.
Safety and Driving Pleasure
Avoiding distractions Awareness of braking behavior in rain or
snow
If you operate the Porsche Communication Manage-
ment PCM or other vehicle components while driving, In heavy rain, while driving through water or after
you will be distracted from the traffic situation. You leaving a car wash, the brake disks are coated with a
may not be able to respond to dangerous situations in water film. This film of water retards braking action
time. For your safety, some functions are only availa- requires increased pressure to be applied to the brake
ble when the vehicle is stationary. pedal.
e Never adjust the mirror, seat or steering wheel After a long drive over salted or gritted roads, a coat-
while driving. The seat or steering wheel may ing may form on the brake disks and pads that sig-
move further than desired. You may lose control nificantly reduces friction and therefore the braking
of the vehicle. Adjust the mirror, seat and steer- action as well.
ing wheel position as required before your jour-
e Brake the brakes dry, especially before parking
ney.
the vehicle. This prevents corrosion.
e Only use the multi-function steering wheel, info-
e Corroded brakes tend to "judder". If braking
tainment system, etc. while driving if the traffic
comfort is noticeably impaired, have the brake
situation allows you to do so safely. If in doubt,
system checked.
stop in a safe place.
e Do not use a phone or other mobile device while
driving.
Suitable tires and appropriate driving style
e Only make or receive calls using hands-free
equipment.
e Do not reach between the steering wheel spokes
while driving. Otherwise, you may not be able to
react in time to dangerous situations.
9
Safety and Driving Pleasure
g Refer to chapter “Tires and Wheels“ on page 148.
Driving with sports tires
Your vehicle is optionally equipped with special
sports tires (performance tires) as summer tires. For
information on availability:
e Contact an authorized Porsche dealer.
This type of tire is approved for use on public high-
ways and meets all statutory requirements and safety
criteria. The design of the tire is also geared towards
use on race tracks (driver safety training courses,
sports driving schools, Club Sport events) and pro-
vides significant advantages in terms of dry grip and
wear compared to standard road tires. The sports
tires harden at very low temperatures below approx.
-7 ° C. This can lead to cracks and loss of substance
on the tires.
e Do not drive the vehicle at temperatures below
approx. 19 °F/-7 °C.
Important features are a smaller tread depth and
special tread pattern and casing. The design features
of these sports tires lead to the following effects
compared to other summer tires when used in nor-
mal road conditions:
– Sport tires have a smaller tread depth and may
therefore reach their wear limit sooner.
– As with all tires, the attainable mileage depends
on the individual driving style and the conditions
of use.
10
– On wet roads, especially in aquaplaning sit-
uations (e. g., standing water, puddles, lane
grooves, etc.) it is advisable to exercise caution
because of the lower tread depth and to adapt
speed accordingly.
– The higher performance requires that you adapt
your attention appropriately in extreme driving
situations, because potentially exceeding the up-
per performance limits also entails greater risks.
e Notify anyone using your vehicle of these char-
acteristics and the possible effects.
The reduced tire tread depth means that there is
an increased risk of aquaplaning on wet roads. Road
surface contact, control over the vehicle and braking
ability can be lost.
e Reduce vehicle speed significantly when driving
on wet or mud-covered roads.
Sport tires have a smaller tread depth and may there-
fore reach their wear limit sooner.
e Check the tread depth regularly.
Race track tires with road approval.
For particularly performance-oriented driving on the
race track there are special race track tires approved
by Porsche.
For information about the race track tires:
e Contact an authorized Porsche dealer.
g Observe the tire manufacturer's customer informa-
tion on the specific properties of the tires.
Reacting correctly to uneven running and vibrations
Damage to tires or the vehicle can cause uneven run-
ning or vibration while driving. You may lose control
of the vehicle.
e Reduce speed immediately, but without braking
sharply.
e Stop the vehicle and inspect the tires. If a
cause cannot be established for the fault, drive
on carefully and have the fault corrected. Visit
an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recom-
mends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
Keeping tires in a safe condition
Damaged tires can burst, especially at high speeds.
Prevent damage to the tires by driving carefully.
e Cross curb edges slowly and at right angles if
possible.
e Avoid driving over steep or sharp curbs.
Running in new tires
New tires have not yet achieved their maximum grip
and tend to slip.
e Drive at moderate speed during the first
125 miles (200 km) with new tires.

Driving with snow tires
Maximum speeds apply for snow tires. If you exceed
the maximum permitted speed, the tires may burst.
e Always observe the maximum permitted speed
for the respective tire.
e Affix the sticker with the maximum permitted
speed in the driver's field of vision. Observe the
applicable regulations in your country.
e The maximum permitted speed is set as the
speed limit in the Instrument cluster.
g Refer to chapter “Instrument cluster“ on page
94.
Driving with summer tires
Noises may occur during parking or maneuvering at
outside temperatures below 60 °F/15 °C.
e Change to snow tires when outside tempera-
tures are below 45 °F (7 °C).
Awareness of assistance systems and their
limits
Your Porsche is equipped with driver assistance sys-
tems that increase safety and driving comfort.
None of these systems can overcome the limits dic-
tated by the laws of driving physics.
e These systems should not induce you to take
greater risks with your safety. Assistance sys-
tems cannot reduce the risk of accidents due to
an inappropriate driving style.
e Assistance systems cannot replace your atten-
tion. Drive with care so you can respond appro-
priately to the traffic situation.
e Familiarize yourself with assistance systems be-
fore using them.
Emergency braking function
In the event that the conventional brake actuation
has failed, the vehicle can be decelerated significantly
and braked to a standstill.
This emergency braking function works with very
high braking power. As a result, the traffic behind
may be endangered.
e Only use the emergency braking function in an
emergency situation and not during normal driv-
ing.
e Emergency braking button pull and hold. Re-
lease the button to stop braking.
g Refer to chapter “Brakes“ on page 59.
Driving with a loaded vehicle
The handling of your Porsche changes depending on
the load condition.
e Adapt your driving style to the altered vehicle
handling.
e Do not exceed the maximum gross weight or
axle load.
Safety and Driving Pleasure
Driving off with Launch Control
When moving off with Launch Control activated, the
vehicle accelerates very quickly. In some situations
(poor road conditions, driver inattention, etc.) control
over the vehicle may be lost or other road users may
be endangered as a result.
e Only use Launch Control on public roads if the
road and traffic conditions permit.
e Do not endanger other road users when using
Launch Control.
g Refer to chapter “Driving with manual trans-
mission“ on page 66.
e Switching the sports exhaust system to the
acoustically optimized mode results in signifi-
cantly increased noise emissions in conjunction
with a very sporty driving style. You should
therefore be aware of your social responsibility
and respect the privacy of your environment, es-
pecially when you are asleep.
11
Safety and Driving Pleasure
Responding correctly to warning signals
If the systems detect malfunctions or defective parts,
the vehicle warns you with lights or messages on
the instrument cluster or PCM. Disregarding vehicle
warning signals may result in an increased risk of
accidents, injuries and damage to the vehicle.
e Familiarize yourself with the meanings of warn-
ing lights and messages before starting to drive.
Please note the instructions for the warning and
information messages so that you can respond
properly to the warnings. Stop driving if neces-
sary.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information
Messages“ on page 107.
g Refer to chapter “Instrument cluster“ on page
94.
Dangers during refueling
12
Fuel is highly flammable, can combust or explode. Engine oil can ignite. Engine oil stored in non-venti-
Fuel and fuel vapors are harmful to health. lated areas or thrown-away cloths with engine oil
residues can self-combust and result in a fire.
e Fire, open flame and smoking prohibited
e Do not inhale fuel vapors. e Wipe up spilled engine oil with a cloth.
e Avoid contact with skin or clothing. e Cloths soaked with engine oil must be stored in a
well-ventilated area until disposal.
g Refer to chapter “Refueling“ on page 172.
e Protect your skin by washing it thoroughly with
If a spare canister in the vehicle is damaged in an
soap and water.
accident, fuel can leak and ignite or explode.
e Do not take a spare canister with you.
Transportable liquid containers
Hazardous fluids
Leaking portable fuel con-
Fig. 2: Safety chapter: Hazardous fluids DANGER
tainers
Not only fuel, but also engine oil, transmission oil,
Portable fuel containers can leak, no matter whether
electrolyte, coolant and brake fluid are hazardous to
the container is full or partially empty. Fuel leaking
health.
from a portable container stored in your vehicle could
e Only work on the vehicle outdoors or in well-ven- cause a fire or explosion in the event of an accident.
tilated spaces.
e Never store reserve fuel in a portable container in
e Fluid containers must be labeled appropriately your vehicle.
and must be kept out of reach for children.
e Dispose of residues in an environmentally
friendly manner and according to regulations.
 Safety and Driving Pleasure

•Toxic gases California Proposition 65 component wear contain or emit chemicals known
to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
issues or other reproductive harm.

Parking the vehicle safely

Exhaust gas contains the colorless and odorless car-

bon monoxide, which causes poisoning even in low
concentrations.
e Switch off the engine when it is at a standstill.
Never let the engine run unnecessarily in closed An improperly parked vehicle can roll away in an un-
rooms. controlled manner, endangering persons or causing
vehicle damage.
e Only carry out work with the engine running
outdoors or use suitable extraction devices for Before leaving the vehicle:
vehicle exhaust gases. e Activate the electric parking brake.
e Vehicles with PDC: Move the selector lever to
position P.
If selector lever position P is flashing in the in-
strument panel, the parking lock is not correctly
engaged. In this case, move the selector lever to
position R, then move it to position P once more.
e Vehicles with manual transmission: shift into first
gear or reverse.
The exhaust system is very hot when the engine is
running and for a period after the engine is stopped.
Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain Risk of burns and danger of fire.
vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known
e Stay a safe distance away from the tailpipes
to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
when standing or walking behind the vehicle.
issues or other reproductive harm. In addition, certain
fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of e Make sure that children do not burn themselves
on the tailpipes.

13
Safety and Driving Pleasure
Hot exhaust system
CAUTION
There is a risk of burns and danger of fire! The ex-
haust system becomes very hot when the engine
is running and remains hot for some time after the
engine has been switched off.
e Do not park your vehicle in places where flam-
mable substances, such as dry grass or leaves,
could come into contact with the hot exhaust
system.
e Make a note of the location of your vehicle's
exhaust system to avoid injury. Do not get too
close to the hot exhaust system and keep an eye
on children in the vicinity of the vehicle. A hot
exhaust system can cause severe burns.
Just in case: Safety in the event of
a breakdown or emergency
If you have a break down, pay attention to this infor-
mation – for your own safety!
Do not use voice control in case of an emer-
gency
In an emergency, your voice can change so much due
to stress that voice control does not recognize it.
e Do not use voice control in an emergency.
14
Removing the fire extinguisher
In vehicles with fire extinguisher, this will be located
under the passenger seat.
e Hold the fire extinguisher with one hand and
press the PRESS button on the fire extinguisher
holder with the other hand.
In order to ensure correct, safe operation of the fire
extinguisher, observe the following points:
– Fire extinguisher must not be carried in the pub-
lic traffic area.
– Observe the safety and operating instructions on
the fire extinguisher.
– Observe the maintenance intervals of the fire ex-
tinguisher. Have the fire extinguisher serviced by
an authorized Porsche dealer when the service
date on the fire extinguisher has been reached at
the latest.
If the fire extinguisher is used after the inspec-
tion interval has expired, functionality is no lon-
ger guaranteed.
– After use, have the fire extinguisher serviced by
an authorized Porsche dealer and refilled.
Caution when working on the vehicle
Hot engine parts and hot
WARNING
coolant
The engine, adjacent components, exhaust system
and coolant become very hot when the engine is
running. The coolant reservoir is pressurized. Opening
the coolant reservoir without due care may cause a
sudden escape of hot coolant.
In addition, the fans may start automatically, even if
the engine has been switched off and the ignition key
removed.
− Stop the engine and allow it cool down, if possi-
ble.
− Keep body parts, articles of clothing, long hair
and jewelry away from all moving parts (fans,
drive belts, etc.).
− Exercise caution when working near hot vehicle
components, especially the engine and the ex-
haust system.
− Wear protective gloves that protect against hot
parts.
− Only top up coolant when the engine has stop-
ped and the ignition is switched off.

− Do not open the cap of the coolant reservoir
when the engine is hot. Wait until the coolant
temperature gage indicates a temperature lower
than 140 °F/60 °C.
− You should only attempt the work described in
the instructions if you are completely familiar
with repair and maintenance procedures. Visit an
Authorized Porsche Dealer – they have trained
technicians and the necessary parts and tools.
Protective equipment (such as protective gloves
that protect against cuts) are required to per-
form certain work on the vehicle.
Protective equipment must be worn when performing
certain operations on the vehicle, e.g., gloves to pre-
vent cuts.
e Have all service work and modifications to the
vehicle performed exclusively by an authorized
Porsche dealer. Porsche recommends an author-
ized Porsche dealer, as they have trained techni-
cians and the necessary parts and tools.
Emergency starting
Unsuitable jumper cables and an incorrectly per-
formed jumper can cause a short race track and
cause a fire.
Safety and Driving Pleasure
In addition, there are risks of injury in the engine Flat Tire
compartment due to automatically starting parts,
e.g., Radiator fan.
Before you give or receive start emergency:
g Refer to chapter “Emergency starting“ on page
131.
Towing
Depending on your speed, it may no longer be pos-
sible to steer the vehicle safely when tires are dam-
aged.
e Never continue to drive with a flat tire.
e Park vehicle safely and repair the damage.
g Refer to chapter “Flat Tire“ on page 167.
Towing poses an increased risk of accidents. Power
After a collision
assistance may not be available, so more effort is
required to steer. If the brake booster has failed, a
great deal of effort is required for braking.
e Exercise extreme caution when towing in the
case of a stopped engine or if power steering or
the brake booster has failed.
e Vehicles with defective brakes must not be
towed.
e During towing and during recovery with a tow-
ing vehicle, pay attention to the limited ground The safety systems (e.g., seat-belt pretensioners and
clearance. airbags) may not be operational after a collision. The
safety systems can then no longer protect you.
g Refer to chapter “Towing“ on page 133.
e Have safety systems checked even if they were
not triggered.
e Have triggered safety systems replaced. Visit an
authorized Porsche dealer.
15
Safety and Driving Pleasure
Porsche recommends an authorized Porsche
dealer, as they have trained technicians and the
necessary parts and tools.
Carrying emergency equipment
It is always advisable to carry emergency equipment
in the vehicle.
Before driving: Important informa-
tion regarding your Porsche
Seats
Your vehicle has two seats. Passengers may not be
carried in the area behind the seats.
Occupants in the area be-
DANGER
hind the seats
Vehicle occupants in the area behind the two seats
are not protected by seat belts or airbags. In the
event of an accident, these persons could be thrown
around or thrown out of the vehicle.
e Never allow occupants to sit in the area behind
the seats.
16
Make yourself comfortable in the driver seat
e Check the function of the horn
e Adjust the seat so that you can easily reach the
foot pedals and controls. To reduce the probabil-
ity of injury when deploying airbags, you should
sit as far away from the steering wheel as possi-
ble without impairing vehicle control.
e Adjust the interior and exterior mirrors.
e Check the function of the footbrake and electric
parking brake.
e Never leave a running vehicle unattended.
e Lock the doors from inside (especially if there
are children in the vehicle) to prevent doors from
being accidentally opened from inside or outside.
e Drive with doors locked.
Running in the vehicle
The moving parts of a new vehicle must be run in.
The parts require the first 932 miles (1,500 km) for
this purpose. The oil and fuel consumption may be
somewhat higher than normal during this period.
A message is displayed on the instrument cluster to
observe the retraction program.
During the running-in period, drive as follows:
e Preferably take long trips. Avoid frequent cold
starts with short routes as much as possible.
e Do not participate in motorsport events, sports
driving training or similar events.
e Avoid high engine speeds of 7,000 rpm or more.
Drive at low engine speeds when the engine is
cold.
e Do not drive the engine underrun, especially up-
hill. Shift down to the next gear in good time.
(Drive the engine in the optimum engine speed
range.)
e Do not allow the engine to work in high gears
at low engine speeds. This does not apply
only while retracting. During retraction, steering,
shifting or other processes may still need getting
used to. However, this will change over time.
Running in new brake pads

New brake pads and brake disks have to be “bedded
in” and therefore only attain optimal friction when the
vehicle has covered several hundred miles.
The somewhat reduced braking action requires
greater force when pressing the brake pedal. This is
also the case after the brake pads or brake disks have
been replaced.
Observing the ground clearance
The vehicle may touch the ground as a result of the
low ground clearance.
e Avoid steep ramps.
e Drive carefully in the following situations:
– Steep up and down slopes, e.g. in parking
garages
– Curbs
– Uneven road surfaces
– Lifting platforms
Vehicles with front axle lift system: The body can be
raised by approx. 40 mm at the front (leading edge of
front spoiler).
e When driving through water, the underside of
the body must not be immersed.
Driving on race tracks
Compared to normal road use, when driving on
race tracks the vehicle is subjected to disproportion-
ately higher stress loads. In pure racing vehicles
these loads are factored into consideration by fre-
quent regular maintenance and component recon-
ditioning intervals. These cover checks and the re-
placement of individual components where neces-
sary after each use on the race track, as well as
the reconditioning of entire assemblies after certain
periods of use.
e Always make inquiries about the current stipula-
tions before driving on race tracks: Contact an
authorized Porsche dealer.
g Observe the separate brochure "Driving on the race
track.
Before driving abroad
Safety and Driving Pleasure
The legal regulations in the United States and Canada
state that automobiles must meet certain exhaust
gas regulations and safety standards. For this reason,
vehicles built for the USA and Canada differ from
vehicles sold in other countries.
If you intend to take your Porsche across the borders
of the United States or Canada, you should take into
account the following:
– Unleaded fuel may not be available.
– The octane number of unleaded fuel can be con-
siderably lower. This could result in excessive
engine noise and serious damage to the engine
and catalytic converter.
– Service may not be sufficient because there is
a lack of suitable workshop equipment, tools or
diagnostic equipment.
– Spare parts may not be available or may be very
difficult to obtain.
– The Porsche dealer may not be able to carry out
all repair work.
– Technical adjustments must be made to the ve-
hicle.
– In some countries, it is mandatory to carry ad-
ditional tools and special spare parts (find out
before traveling abroad).
Porsche assumes no responsibility for mechanical
damage that may result from insufficient service or
lack of spare parts availability.
If you have taken your Porsche abroad and would like
to transfer it to your home country, you should always
find out about transport and transport regulations
and the current import and customs regulations.
17
Safety and Driving Pleasure
Data processing in the vehicle
Electronic control units are installed in your vehicle.
Some of these are required for the operational safety
of your vehicle, while others assist with driving (driver
assistance systems). In addition, your vehicle has
comfort or entertainment functions, which are also
controlled by electronic control units.
Storing technical data in the vehicle
Electronic control units have data memories that can
temporarily or permanently store technical informa-
tion on the condition of the vehicle, the load on com-
ponents, maintenance requirements, and events and
malfunctions. Put simply, this technical information
documents the condition of a component, module,
system or environment. Example:
– The operating states of system components
(e. g., fill levels)
– Notifications on the condition of the vehicle and
its individual components
– Malfunctions and faults in important system
components (e. g., lights, brakes)
– Information on events that can result in damage
to the vehicle
18
– Reactions of the vehicle to certain driving situa-
tions (e. g., deployment of airbags, activation of
the electronic stability control)
– Environmental conditions (e. g., temperature)
In addition to providing the actual function of the
control unit, this data is used to identify and rectify
faults and enable the optimization of vehicle func-
tions by the manufacturer. Most of this data is vola-
tile and is only processed in the vehicle itself. Only a
small amount of the data is stored in event or fault
memories. In addition, your vehicle has comfort or
entertainment functions, which are also controlled by
electronic control units.
Read-out of technical data
If you use services, the technical data from the vehi-
cle can be read out from the vehicle by employees
in the service network (e.g., repair shops, breakdown
services, manufacturers). The services include, for
example, repair and maintenance work, the process-
ing of warranty cases and quality assurance meas-
ures. The data is read out using a legally prescribed
OBD interface ("on-board diagnosis") in the vehicle.
The data is collected, processed and used by the rel-
evant service network personnel and may be sent to
Porsche in order to comply with product monitoring
obligations or to improve quality, for example. The
fault and event memories in the vehicle can be reset
by a repair workshop during other repair or service
work.
Using functions in the vehicle
Depending on the selected equipment, you can add
information yourself, such as multimedia and address
book data or navigation destinations, as well as other
settings in the comfort and infotainment functions
of the vehicle. This data may be stored locally in the
vehicle or on a device that you have connected to
the vehicle (e. g., phone, USB stick or MP3 player).
If this data is stored in the vehicle, you can delete it
at any time. This data is only sent to third parties at
your request and, in particular, based on your chosen
settings when using online services.
If your vehicle has the necessary equipment, you
can control your connected phone or smartphone or
another mobile device using the controls integrated
in the vehicle. Pictures and sound from your phone
or smartphone can be output via the multimedia
system. Simultaneously, certain information can also
be transferred to your phone or smartphone. This
includes general vehicle information or position data,
depending on the type of integration. This enables
optimum use of selected apps on the phone, e. g.,
for using a navigation system or playing music. The
phone cannot be used for active access vehicle data.
The provider of the app being used determines the
way in which the data is subsequently processed.
Whether you can configure settings and which set-
tings you can configure depend on the app and your
phone's or smartphone’s operating system.
 Safety and Driving Pleasure

Using online services High-load detection

If your vehicle has a wireless network connection, b 911 GT3 RS
this can be used to exchange data between your
High-load detection is installed in your vehicle. It
vehicle, the surrounding area and other systems. You
independently detects high-performance or under
can connect to the wireless network via the trans-
comparable load distances driven on the race track
mission and reception unit in the vehicle or via your
and stores them.
connected mobile devices (e. g., phone). Online func-
tions can be used via this wireless network connec-
tion. These include online services and apps that are
available to you through Porsche or other providers.
The individual functions of Porsche online services
and the associated data protection information can
be found in a suitable location (e. g., the Porsche
Connect website). Personal data can be used for
the provision of online services. The required data
exchange takes place via a protected connection,
e. g., with the Porsche IT systems provided for this
purpose. The collection, processing and use of per-
sonal data for purposes other than the provision of
services take place only when permitted by law or
with your consent.
Usually, you can activate or deactivate the (often fee-
based) services and functions and in some cases,
even the entire data connection in the vehicle. This
does not apply to legally required functions and serv-
ices, in particular.
If there is the option to use online services from other
providers, these are the responsibility of the respec-
tive provider and are subject to the data protection
requirements and terms of use of that provider. Por-
sche has no influence on the data exchanged in these
cases. For this reason, please contact the relevant
service provider to find out about the type, scope and
purpose of the collection and use of personal data for
third-party services.

19
 Overview graphics
On the following pages, you will find overview illus-
trations of selected areas of the vehicle, with a brief
explanation. Further information can be found on the
specified pages.

20
 Overview graphics

Filler openings
b 911 GT3
b 911 GT3 with Touring package

A Brake fluid g p. 136

B Washer fluid g p. 176
C Coolant g p. 137
D Engine oil g p. 139

21
Overview graphics

b 911 GT3 RS

A Brake fluid g p. 136

B Washer fluid g p. 176
C Coolant g p. 137
D Engine oil g p. 139

22
Topics
On the following pages you will find the content on
the various vehicle topics.

23
Opening and Locking

Opening and Locking Starting the vehicle with discharged

Vehicle Key
Replacing vehicle key battery
Risk of internal burns or
WARNING
death from swallowing
the lithium coin cell (but-
ton battery)
The vehicle key contains a lithium coin cell (battery).
Swallowing the battery can cause internal burns
within two hours and this can result in death.
e Keep removed or new batteries out of children's
reach.
e Keep vehicle keys out of children's reach. Chil-
dren could open the vehicle key and remove the
battery.
e If the battery is swallowed or inserted into a
body orifice, seek medical attention from a doc-
tor immediately.
Information
e Observe the disposal instructions for batteries.
If the battery in the vehicle key needs to be replaced,
a message appears in the instrument cluster.
Fig. 3: Change battery
Change battery (CR 2032, 3 V)
1. Remove the emergency key.
2. Unclip the two-part vehicle key housing on the
right and left.
3. Turn the battery cover counter-clockwise and
remove it.
4. Change the battery, paying attention to the po-
larity.
5. Replace the battery cover and tighten it clock-
wise.
Ensure that the emergency key can be pushed in
again.
6. Push the vehicle key housing upward from below
and clip into place.
7. Insert the emergency key.
vehicle key battery or radio interfer-
ence
Malfunctions during wireless communication be-
tween the vehicle and the vehicle key, or a discharged
vehicle key battery can disable detection of the vehi-
cle key.
To start the vehicle in this case, proceed as follows:
1. Open the storage compartment in the center
console armrest.
g digital1
2. Hold the vehicle key on the center console – in
the area between the lower control panel and the
storage compartment in the armrest –.
3. Turn the operating device to ignition lock posi-
tion 2, then back to position 0.
4. Turn the operating device to ignition lock posi-
tion 2 once more.
g Refer to chapter “Starting engine“ on page
61.

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

24
 Opening and Locking

Using the emergency key Windows Information

Removing the emergency key Opening and closing the windows If a side window is obstructed by an object during
Opening and closing win- closing, it will stop and open again by several centi-
WARNING meters. If the side window is blocked a second time
dows
within approx. 10 seconds, the automatic mechanism
When opening or closing the side windows, particu- for this side window is locked. The side window can
larly in automatic mode, body parts can become trap- be closed manually. One-touch operation is enabled
ped between the moving side window and stationary again once the side window has been closed com-
vehicle parts. pletely using the manual closing function.
e When opening and closing the side windows,
make sure that no parts of the body can become Opening and closing the windows
trapped between the moving side windows and
stationary vehicle parts. b Operational readiness established.
– or –
e Always switch off the ignition when leaving the
The ignition has been switched off, but for no
vehicle. People who are unfamiliar with the vehi-
longer than 10 minutes.
cle could injure themselves with the power win-
dows. b The driver's or passenger's door has not yet been
opened.
e In the event of danger: Release the power win-
Fig. 4: Removing the emergency key dow button immediately.
e
e
Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended.
Push the emergency key up out of the vehicle
key. Closing a side window
WARNING
manually
Insert the emergency key If one-touch mode was deactivated after a side win-
e Insert the emergency key in the vehicle key until dow was obstructed, the side window will close with
it engages. its full force when closed manually. Parts of the body
that become trapped between the moving side win-
dow and stationary vehicle parts may be crushed.
Digitally available:
e Make sure that no one is pinched or crushed
– Using vehicle key when the side windows are closed.
– Ordering a replacement key and keeping it in a
safe place

Fig. 5: Driver's door power window

A Power window button, driver side

25
Opening and Locking

B Power window button, passenger side Hood

The switches feature a two-stage function. When
the switch is actuated, both stages can be clearly felt
due to resistance when pushed or pulled.
Stage one – Manual operation
e Press or pull the rocker switch in the first setting
until the required position is reached.
🡆 The process stops when the button is re-
leased
Stage two – One-touch mode
e Briefly pull or press the rocker switch fully to the
second setting.
🡆 The sunblind opens or closes automatically
to the final position.
e By actuating the switch again, the sunblind can
be stopped in the desired position.
Storing final position of windows
The final positions of the windows are lost after the
battery is disconnected and reconnected. Windows
automatic mode is not operative.
Opening and closing hood
Opening hood from the passenger compart-
ment using the button
Unsecured hood
DANGER
If the hood is not closed correctly, it can fly up and
obstruct visibility.
− If the lid is not closed properly, immediately stop
at a suitable position and close it.
NOTE
Risk of damage to the hood and windshield wipers. Fig. 6: Open hood
e Make sure that the windshield wipers are not
A Hood button
folded forward when opening the hood. B Rear lid button (service hatches)
e Always switch off the windshield wipers before
opening the hood (wiper lever in position 0).
g Refer to chapter “Windshield wipers“ on page 85.

Perform the following steps for all windows:

1. Close window completely once by pulling the
switch to the second setting.
2. When the window is completely closed, briefly
pull the rocker switch to the second setting
again.
3. Completely open the window once by pressing
the switch.

26
 Opening and Locking

1. Pull button A g (Fig. 6). Closing the hood

🡆 The hood is unlocked and opens a gap.
CAUTION

Heavy hood
When closing the hood when it is open half way, the
hood's own weight can cause it to fall into the lock.
e Make sure that there are no foreign objects or
limbs in the area of the moving parts (hinges) or
under the hood.

1. Lower the lid and allow it to fall into the lock.

Press the lid closed with the flat of your hand
over the lock area.
2. Check that the lid has correctly engaged in the
lock.
Fig. 8: Opening hood with the vehicle key 🡆 If the lid is not closed correctly, a warning
message appears on the instrument cluster
Fig. 7: Unlocking the hood 1. Press the button. while driving.
2. Lift the lid slightly and open the lid safety catch 2. Lift the hood slightly and open the lid safety
(arrow). catch. Trunk lock
3. Open the lid completely. 3. Open the lid completely. Unsecured luggage
DANGER
🡆 When the lid is open, the trunk light comes 🡆 When the lid is open, the trunk light comes
on. on. The luggage compartment could be opened by unse-
Information cured luggage.
Opening hood with the vehicle key e When loading the luggage compartment, make
When the front hood is unlocked with the vehicle key,
b 911 GT3 the vehicle doors are also unlocked. sure that objects cannot come into contact with
the release button.
b 911 GT3 with Touring package
Information
The front hood can only be opened from inside when
the vehicle battery is full.

The luggage compartment lid can be opened from

inside.

27
Opening and Locking

1. Press the release button.
2. Open the lid safety catch.
The light indicator on the release button lights up for
approx. 60 minutes after the trunk lid is closed.
1. Unlock the vehicle at the door lock using the
emergency key.
2. Remove the plastic cover of the left-hand fuse
box.
3. Pull out the positive terminal A (Fig. 9) (red) in
6. Press and hold the button of the vehicle
key for two seconds. The hood is unlocked, a gap
opens and the alarm system is deactivated.
7. First disconnect the negative cable, then the
positive cable.

Performing emergency release of the the fuse box. 8. Push positive terminal A (Fig. 9) into the fuse
box and fit the plastic cover of the fuse box.
hood 4. Use the red jumper cable to connect the positive
terminal of the external battery to the positive b 911 GT3 RS
g Refer to chapter “Emergency starting“ on page
terminal A (Fig. 9) in the fuse box.
131. Information
5. Information
b 911 GT3 The hood can only be emergency unlocked using but-
b
If the vehicle was locked, the acoustic alarm ton Ain the vehicle interior.
911 GT3 with Touring package
signal sounds when the negative terminal is con-
If the battery is discharged, the hood can only be nected. 1. Press the button on the vehicle key. The alarm
released with the help of an external battery. system is deactivated.
2. Pull button A in the passenger compartment for
approx. two seconds. The front hood is unlocked
and opens a gap.

Fig. 10: Emergency release of the hood – connecting

Fig. 9: Emergency release of the hood – connecting the
positive terminal
the negative terminal
Use the black jumper cable to connect the nega-
tive terminal of the external battery to the joint
of door arrester B (Fig. 10).

28
 Opening and Locking

Garage Door Opener (HomeLink®) Tailgate (service hatch)

General safety instructions Opening and closing the tailgate (serv-
WARNING
Pinching, crushing or im- ice hatches)
pact through operated
Opening the tailgate (service hatches)
equipment
If persons or animals are in the range of movement of
operated equipment, there is a risk of injury while the
Garage Door Opener is being operated or program-
med.
e Make sure there are no persons, animals or ob-
jects in the range of movement of operated
equipment while the HomeLink® system is being
operated or programmed.
e Observe the safety instructions for the original
remote control. Fig. 12: Unlock service hatch

1. Pull button B (Fig. 11).

Digitally available:
– Operating principle
– Programming garage door opener and managing
profiles Fig. 11: Opening the tailgate (service hatch)
– Using Garage Door Opener
A Trunk lid button
B Tailgate button (service hatches)
b 911 GT3
b 911 GT3 with Touring package
e Pull button B (Fig. 11).
🡆 Tailgate is unlocked and can be raised.
b 911 GT3 RS
2. Unlock the service hatches by pressing in the
lock area (Fig. 12).
🡆 The service hatches can be removed.
Close the tailgate
b 911 GT3
b 911 GT3 with Touring package
1. Lower tailgate and press closed with the palm of
your hand over the lock area.
2. Check that the tailgate has correctly engaged in
the lock.
🡆 If the tailgate is not closed correctly, a
warning message appears on the instrument
cluster while driving.
b 911 GT3 RS

29
Opening and Locking

Fig. 13: Locking the service hatch

e Guide the service hatches into the groove with

the underside and press them closed in the lock
area (Fig. 13).
🡆 If the lid is not closed correctly, a warning
message appears on the instrument cluster
while driving.
NOTE

The service hatches are secured to prevent them

from being lost by means of straps.
Service hatch that are not engaged correctly can
cause paint damage while driving.
e Check that the service hatch has correctly en-
gaged in the lock.

30
 Opening and Locking

Central Locking
Brief overview – Opening and closing doors from outside
This brief overview is not a substitute for the detailed
descriptions in the "Central Locking" chapter. In par-
ticular, the brief overview is no substitute for safety
messages and warnings.

Fig. 14: Vehicle key

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? What happens? Where?

Unlocking e Press button on the vehicle key – The emergency flasher emits a g p. 32
once. flash one time.
– or – The door handle extends
Press the button on the vehicle (911 GT3, 911 GT3 with touring
key twice (within approx. 2 sec- package). The driver's door can be
onds). opened.
– or –
The door handles extend. The
doors can be opened.

Locking e Press the button on the vehicle The emergency flasher emits 2 flashes. g p. 32
key. The door handles retract (911 GT3,
911 GT3 with touring package).
The doors and tailgate are locked and
can be opened from inside by pulling
the door opener.

31
Opening and Locking

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? What happens? Where?

Lock when persons/animals are re-
maining in the vehicle
e Switch off the alarm system's pas-
senger compartment monitoring
system .
e Press the button on the vehicle
key twice (within approx. 2 sec-
onds).
The emergency flasher emits 2 short g p. 32
flashes and then 1 long flash.
The door handles retract (911 GT3,
911 GT3 with touring package).
The doors and tailgate are locked and
can be opened from inside by pulling
the door opener.
The alarm system is triggered if the
door opener is pulled from the inside.

Switch off the alarm system’s alarm e Press the button on the vehicle The alarm sound is switched off. g digital1
sound key.
– or –
Switch on ignition.

Unlocking and locking doors

Information
If the vehicle is unlocked and if a door or the tail-
gate is not opened within 45 seconds, the vehicle is
locked again automatically.

Information
In the event of an accident with airbag deployment,
the entire vehicle is unlocked automatically to enable
access for helpers. The emergency flasher is also
activated automatically.

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

32

Unlocking doors with the vehicle key
Fig. 15: Unlocking doors with the vehicle key
1. Press the button.
🡆 The emergency flasher emits one flash.
The vehicle is unlocked, depending on the
setting.
Door handle extends (911 GT3, 911 GT3
with Touring package).
2. Pull the door handle.
Unlocking doors from inside
Fig. 16: Central locking button in the door panel
e Press button in the door panel.
– or –
Pull door opener.
🡆 All doors are unlocked.
The door handles extend (911 GT3, 911 GT3
with Touring package).
The light indicator on the button goes out.
Information
The doors cannot be opened from inside if the vehicle
was locked using the emergency key.
Opening and Locking
Information
If the vehicle has no power (for example, if the
battery is dead) or if the door openers were pulled
too quickly, the door openers may have to be pulled
twice.
e Release the door opener and pull it again.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
sages“ on page 107.
Automatic unlocking
Vehicle unlocked automatically when a door is
opened.
Unlocking with battery disconnected
If the battery has been disconnected, an originally
locked door can only be opened from the outside with
the emergency key.
e Open the window before disconnecting the bat-
tery.
The door can be opened from inside and outside
by pulling the inside door handle twice. To do
this, pull the inside door handle from the rest
position as far as it will go.
Locking doors
b 911 GT3
b 911 GT3 with Touring package
NOTE
Extended door handles can be damaged in car
washes.
e Lock the vehicle before starting the car wash.
33
Opening and Locking

Information The door handles retract (911 GT3,

Locking the doors with the vehicle key 911 GT3 with touring package).
b Selector lever position P inserted. If the key is inside the vehicle when you lock it, the
The light indicator on the button lights up.
vehicle is unlocked again. Several warning signals
b All doors closed. sound and the emergency flasher flashes four times. The doors can only be opened from inside by
e Press button once. If a door or the tailgate is not opened within approx. pulling the door opener.
🡆 The emergency flasher emits 2 flashes. 45 seconds, the vehicle is locked and can only be
Automatic locking
The door handles retract (911 GT3, unlocked using a second key.
b Function activated.
911 GT3 with touring package). e Make sure that the vehicle key is not left inside
the vehicle when locking it. 1. g digital1
If persons or animals remain in the vehicle
The vehicle is locked automatically when a speed of
1. Press button twice within 2 seconds.
Locking the doors from inside approx. 9 mph (15 km/h) is exceeded.
🡆 The door handles retract (911 GT3,
911 GT3 with touring package).
Emergency unlocking and emergency
The emergency flasher emits 2 short flashes
and then 1 long flash.
locking of doors
The doors are locked but can be opened
from the inside by pulling the door opener.
2. Inform any persons remaining in the vehicle that
the alarm system will be triggered if the door is
opened.
Information
The vehicle cannot be completely locked if the doors
or luggage compartment lid are not fully closed. A
warning signal sounds and the emergency flasher
does not flash.

Fig. 17: Central locking button in the door panel

b Doors closed.
e Press button in the door panel. Fig. 18: Performing emergency unlocking/locking (911 GT3,
🡆 All doors are locked. The filler flap is not 911 GT3 with Touring Package)
locked.

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

34

Fig. 19: Performing emergency unlocking/emergency locking
(911 GT3 RS)
If the vehicle key remote control does not work, the
doors can also be unlocked and locked without the
remote control.
Performing emergency unlocking of doors
e Hold the vehicle key against the windshield at
the top center and press the button.
If the vehicle still cannot be unlocked:
1. Remove the emergency key from the vehicle key.
g Refer to chapter “Vehicle Key“ on page 24.
2. Pull and hold the driver's door handle.
3. Insert the emergency key into the door lock with
the round edge upwards (right-hand drive: with
the round edge downwards).
Opening and Locking
4. Turn the emergency key counter-clockwise to Information
the first point of noticeable resistance and then
turn continue turning as far as it will go, using a In the event of a central locking fault, all functional
certain amount of force. locks in the central locking system can be locked via
the driver's door lock.
5. Turn the emergency key back to its initial posi-
tion and remove it. e Have faults in the central locking system re-
paired.
6. To prevent the alarm system from triggering:
Switch on the ignition within 15 seconds. e Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec-
ommends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they
Information have trained technicians and the necessary parts
The time taken to trigger the alarm system differs and tools.
dependent on the country.
Carry out emergency locking of the passen-
Performing emergency locking of the doors ger door if the central locking system has
1. Remove the emergency key from the vehicle key.
failed.
g Refer to chapter “Using the emergency key“ on b 911 GT3
page 25. b 911 GT3 with Touring package
2. Pull and hold the driver's door handle.
3. Insert the emergency key into the door lock with
the round edge upwards (right-hand drive: with
the round edge downwards).
4. With the door open, turn the emergency key
clockwise to the first point of noticeable resist-
ance and then continue turning as far as it will
go, using a certain amount of force.
5. Turn the emergency key back to its initial posi-
tion and remove it.
6. Close the driver's door.
7. Check that the vehicle is locked.
Fig. 20: Performing emergency locking of the passenger's
door
35
Opening and Locking

1. Open door. 6. Close door.

2. Remove the emergency key from the vehicle key.
3. Turn the safety catch outward with the emer-
gency key.
4. Close door.
5. Check that all doors are locked.
🡆 The doors can be opened from inside by
pulling the door opener.
b 911 GT3 RS
7. Check that all doors are locked.
🡆 The doors can be opened from inside by
pulling the door opener.
Information
Only emergency lock the doors when the vehicle is
parked.
e Unlock the doors before starting to drive.
Installation position of the radio antennas
Radio waves can ad-
WARNING
versely affect medical de-
vices
The vehicle's antennas emit radio waves and can ad-
Fig. 22: Installation position of the radio antennas
versely affect the functioning of medical devices such
as pacemakers or defibrillators. Depending on equipment, the number of radio anten-
e Ensure a distance from the antennas of approx. nas A can (Fig. 22) vary.
22 cm. g Refer to chapter “Technical Data“ on page 177.
e Notify a doctor or the manufacturer of any ad-
verse effects. Digitally available:
– Using the central lock
– Setting central lock

Fig. 21: Performing emergency locking of the passenger's

door

1. Open door.
2. Remove the emergency key from the vehicle key.
3. Remove the rubber plug.
4. Turn the safety catch outward with the emer-
gency key.
5. Attach rubber plug.

36

Air Conditioning and Ergo-
nomics
Airbag Systems
General safety instructions
Both front seats of the vehicle are equipped with
airbags and lap/shoulder belts. In these seating po-
sitions, the airbags act as an additional restraint sys-
tem.
The combination of airbags and seat belts results in
a safety system that offers the driver and passenger
the greatest possible protection in the event of an
accident.
Although your vehicle is equipped with airbags, the
seat belts must always be worn as triggering of the
front and side airbags depends on the force and angle
of the impact.
Seat belts provide the occupants with primary pro-
tection below the airbag system's triggering thresh-
old and in the event of types of impact that do not
trigger the airbag, provided that they are correctly
worn. For this reason, all vehicle occupants must
wear their seat belts at all times so that the risk
of serious or even fatal injuries in the event of an
accident is as low as possible. In many countries, the
wearing of seat belts is a legal requirement.
g Refer to chapter “Seat Belts“ on page 49.
The front airbags are located under the center steer-
ing wheel trim (driver's side) and in the dashboard
(passenger's side).
The side airbags for the front seats are located in the
side of the seat backrests.
The head airbags are located above the doors in the
side roof frame. If the vehicle overturns, they help
prevent occupants from being thrown out of the ve-
hicle (Coupé models only).
The knee airbags for the driver and passenger are lo-
cated in the knee area on the driver's and passenger's
side.
Seat belts and seating
DANGER
position
Airbags are most effective when the occupants fas-
ten their seat belts and adopt the correct seating
position. For optimal protection of the occupants, the
airbags must deploy at very high speed. If you do
not wear your seat belt or if you are too close to the
airbag when it is deployed, this can lead to serious or
even fatal injuries.
e Always wear the seat belts.
e Make sure that there are no persons, animals or
objects between the driver/passenger and the
area into which the airbag deploys.
e Sit as far from the dashboard or steering wheel
as you can without impairing control of the vehi-
cle.
e Always grip the steering wheel by the outer
edge. Never rest your hands on the center of
the steering wheel where the airbag module is
located.
e Always keep your feet in the footwell when driv-
ing. Do not place your feet on the dashboard or
on the seat.
e Do not lean against the inside of the door or lean
out the window while the vehicle is in motion.
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
DANGER
Safe storage of objects
Objects and items of luggage must be stowed safely
so that they do not cause injuries.
e Do not transport heavy objects on or in front
of the passenger seat. They could impair the
function of the airbags, seat belts and occupant
sensing.
e Do not hang any objects (jackets, coats, hangers,
etc.) over the seat backrest.
e Objects must not protrude out of the door stor-
age compartment.
e Do not attach any additional trims or stickers
to the steering wheel or in the area of the pas-
senger airbag, side airbag, knee airbag or head
airbag (depending on equipment).
Otherwise, the function of the airbag system
may be significantly impaired or occupants may
be injured if the airbag system is triggered.
e Objects should not be placed above or next
to the dashboard airbag as such objects could
cause damage if the vehicle is involved in an
accident severe enough to cause the airbag to
deploy.
e Share all of the information in this chapter with
your passenger.
37
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
Modification of the airbag
DANGER
system
A modified airbag system cannot provide protection.
Triggering may not take place at all or only in an
uncontrolled manner. The uncontrolled triggering of
the airbag system can result in serious injuries or
death.
e Do not make any modifications to the seat cov-
ers, as such changes could block the side airbag
installed in the seat. Do not attach any additional
bolsters, covers or cushions to the passenger
seat. Do not attach any objects to the passenger
seat or cover it with other materials. Do not cover
the back of the seat backrest. Do not make any
modifications to the passenger seat, seat cush-
ion, foam or seat frame.
e Do not make any modifications to the wiring or
components of the airbag system.
e Do not install cables for additional electrical
equipment near the airbag wiring harnesses.
Otherwise, the airbag system may be deacti-
vated or unintentional deployment may occur.
e If the airbag warning light in the tachometer
lights up, the airbag system must be repaired
by your authorized Porsche dealer immediately.
e The use of accessories that have not been ap-
proved by Porsche can impair occupant sensing.
e Do not squeeze any objects (fire extinguisher,
first aid kit, etc.) under the seat.
e Have seats removed and installed only by an au-
thorized Porsche dealer so that the components
of the occupant sensing are not damaged.
38
No activation of already
DANGER
triggered airbag systems
Airbag systems can be triggered only once.
e Have triggered airbag systems replaced immedi-
ately.
e Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec-
ommends an authorized Porsche dealer as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
Information
Airbag components (steering wheel, seats, etc.) may
only be dismantled by an authorized Porsche dealer.
Our safety instructions must be observed when dis-
posing of used airbag units. These instructions are
available from any authorized Porsche dealer.
Function of the airbag systems
Airbags are a complementary safety system. Primary
protection is provided by the seat belts. The front
airbags and head airbags are triggered in the event of
a frontal collision with sufficient force and direction.
In the event of a side impact at the appropriate
strength, the side airbags on the impact side and
the head airbags on both sides of the vehicle are de-
ployed. When deploying, the amount of gas required
to inflate the airbags to the correct pressure is gener-
ated in a fraction of a second. Airbags help protect
the head and body and slow down the movement
of the driver and passenger in a frontal impact or
the movement of the driver, front passenger and oc-
cupants in the outer rear seats in the direction of the
impact in the event of a side impact.
In order for airbags to offer protection in the event
of serious accidents that can lead to death or serious
injuries, they must be deployed extremely quickly.
Deployment at such a high speed has the negative
but inevitable side effect that it can and does cause
injury. These include abrasions to the face and arms,
as well as bruises and broken bones. You can help
to limit such injuries by always wearing your seat
belts. There are many types of accidents in which
the airbags are not intended to deploy. These include
accidents in which the airbags would be of little or
no use, for example rear-end collisions or oblique col-
lisions from a certain angle. Other accidents in which
the airbag system is not designed for deployment are
those in which the risk of injury from airbag deploy-
ment may outweigh the protective effect, such as, for
example, in accidents at low speed or in accidents
at high speed, whereby the vehicle gradually deceler-
ates over a long period of time.
Since the airbags do not deploy in every accident,
it is all the more important that you and the other
occupants are always buckled up. Your Porsche vehi-
cle is equipped with electronically controlled systems
that help ensure that your vehicle functions properly.
These systems monitor the functioning of various
systems and store data that supports service techni-
cians in the diagnosis and repair of these systems.
Your vehicle is equipped with accident detection di-
agnostic devices that can record data in the event of
an accident - for example, whether airbags and seat-
belt pretensioners have been deployed and whether
the seat belt was fastened.
Special devices are required to retrieve this informa-
tion. Access to the vehicle or component in which
the data is stored is also required. Some countries
only allow access to such information under certain
circumstances. These include the following cases:

– In response to a request from the police or other
government agency
– With the consent of the registered vehicle owner
or (in the case of leased vehicles) the lessee
– In the context of a judicial investigation or to the
extent that it is otherwise legally permissible or
prescribed
Your rights to the above-mentioned information may
vary depending on the country. Find out about the
legal requirements in your country.
Enhanced airbag system
Your vehicle is equipped with an occupant sensing
system for the passenger seat in accordance with
U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208.
The components of the enhanced passenger airbag
system include an occupant sensing system for the
passenger seat and an indicator light with the in-
scription PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF/ON. The sys-
tem measures the electrical capacitance acting on
the seat to determine whether the passenger airbag
needs to be on or off.
The passenger airbag is only deployed in the event of
an accident, depending on the angle and force of the
impact, if it has been switched on by the occupant
sensing system. You can read the status (On/Off)
of the passenger airbag on the indicator light in the
overhead console.
g Refer to chapter “Automatic deactivation of the
passenger airbag “ on page 40.
When the passenger airbag is switched on, the PAS-
SENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator light goes out and
the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator light comes
on continuously when the vehicle is switched on. If
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator remains lit,
the passenger airbag is not deployed.
Improper use of the pas-
DANGER
senger seat
Improper use of the passenger seat can inadvertently
impair the function of the occupant sensing system
for the passenger airbag.
If the electrical capacity of an adult in the passenger
seat is not properly maintained, the front passenger
airbag may be switched off.
e Always make sure that no objects are lying on
the passenger seat that could cause the occu-
pant sensing system to assume that the seat is
occupied when this is not the case.
e Never use bolsters, cushions, blankets or simi-
lar items on the passenger seat. The additional
layers prevent the occupant sensing system for
the passenger seat from being able to precisely
measure the capacity of the child restraint sys-
tem or person located on the seat, and thus im-
pair the proper functioning of the airbag system.
e Never place electrical devices (cell phones, tab-
lets, laptops, CD players, handheld consoles,
power packs, etc.) on the passenger seat when
the device is connected to the cigarette lighter
socket. Such devices can influence the capacity
detected by the occupant sensing system for
the passenger seat in such a way that incorrect
information is reported to the airbag control unit.
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
Risk of severe or fatal in-
DANGER
juries from unintentional
triggering of the passen-
ger airbag
e If the passenger seat gets wet, dry it immedi-
ately.
e If liquid penetrates the passenger seat, it can
prevent the airbag system from functioning
properly, such as deactivating or activating the
passenger airbag. If this happens, the PASSEN-
GER AIR BAG OFF/ON indicator light and the
airbag warning light in the instrument cluster
may come on.
e If liquid has accumulated on the passenger seat
but has not yet penetrated the seat, this too can
prevent the passenger seat occupant sensing
from functioning properly and cause the passen-
ger airbag to activate (switch on) even though
a properly installed child restraint system is on
the seat. Wet towels or other wet objects on the
seat cushion can have the same effect.
Unsuitable passenger
WARNING
seating position
Improper use of the passenger seat can inadvertently
impair the function of the occupant sensing system
for the passenger airbag.
If the electrical capacity of an adult in the passenger
seat is not properly maintained, the front passenger
airbag may be switched off.
e Maintain an upright seating position, do not lean
on the armrests or the center console, or lean out
of the window while driving.
e Always keep your feet on the floor in the foot-
well when driving. Do not place your feet on the
dashboard or on the seat.
39
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
Adjusting the passenger seat
Passenger seat backrest
WARNING
with tilt function
Seat belts only provide protection if the seat backrest
is upright and the belts are properly positioned on the
body.
e Do not drive the vehicle if the driver or passenger
seat backrest is tilted too far.
Converting the vehicle for people with disa-
bilities
Since modifications to your vehicle can impair the
function of the enhanced airbag system, please con-
tact Porsche on 1-800-PORSCHE before any conver-
sion.
Automatic deactivation of the passenger
airbag
Child restraint system on
DANGER
the front seat
Using a child restraint system on the passenger seat
can cause serious injury or death to the child if the
airbag is deployed.
To reduce the risk of injuries caused by the airbag de-
ploying in an accident, Porsche strongly recommends
the following:
e Observe all notes and warnings regarding child
restraint systems in this Owner's Manual.
e Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
indicator lights up when the child seat is instal-
led. If it does not, contact your authorized Por-
sche dealer.
Before transporting children in the passenger seat:
40
g p. 41 When the ignition has been switched on, the PAS-
– If a child up to one year old is sitting in the child SENGER AIR BAG OFF/ON indicator comes on for
approx. 5 seconds for a lamp check.
restraint system on the front seat, the passenger
airbag is automatically deactivated. Passenger airbag switched off
– When an adult is sitting in the passenger seat,
the front airbag is automatically activated.
When the passenger airbag is switched off, the PAS-
SENGER AIR BAG OFF display is continuously lit
when the ignition is switched on or the engine is
running.
Passenger airbag switched on
If the passenger airbag is switched on and the pas-
senger seat is occupied by an adult, the PASSEN-
Fig. 23: PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF/ON indicator
GER AIR BAG ON indicator light comes on continu-
ously when the ignition is switched on or the engine
Information
is running.
If heavier children are in the passenger seat, the front
passenger airbag may be activated, depending on Information
weight, posture and build. Likewise, the passenger After the vehicle is switched on, the
airbag may be deactivated when very light adults
PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator light comes on for a
and younger people are in the passenger seat. The few seconds as a check.
status of the passenger airbag system is shown by
the indicator light in the overhead console. In case of
doubt:
e Do not attach a child restraint system to the
passenger seat, or do not take a passenger with
you.
e Contact your authorized Porsche dealer.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF/ON indicator is lo-
cated on the overhead console.
Lamp check

DANGER
Child seat detection mal-
function
If the ignition is on and a child up to one year of age is
sitting in the child restraint system on the passenger
seat, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator must
light up.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator does not
light up, this may indicate a system malfunction. In
addition, the airbag can deploy in the event of a colli-
sion, with the risk of serious injury or death for the
child. In this case:
e Do not install any child restraint systems on the
passenger seat.
e Have the fault rectified by your nearest author-
ized Porsche dealer.
Recognizing faults
Faults are indicated by the red airbag warning light
on the instrument cluster.
The airbag warning light comes on if the electronic
monitoring of the airbag system detects a malfunc-
tion of the sensors, the seat-belt system, the occu-
pant sensing system, the PASS AIR BAG OFF indica-
tor light or the associated cables, airbag modules or
control units.
e In the following cases, you should contact an
authorized Porsche dealer immediately to ensure
that the airbag system is functioning properly:
– The warning light does not come on when
the vehicle is switched on.
– or –
If the warning light does not go out after
switching on the vehicle.
– or –
If the warning light comes on while driving.
Information
Further information can be found on the stickers af-
fixed to the sun visors and all airbag components.
Special recommendations for the use of child re-
straint systems:
g Refer to chapter “Child Restraint Systems (Child
Seats)“ on page 41.
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
Child Restraint Systems (Child
Seats)
General safety instructions
Porsche recommends that children and toddlers are
buckled up in child restraint systems while the vehi-
cle is in motion, in compliance with the applicable
regulations.
If possible, only use child restraint systems recom-
mended by Porsche. These systems have been tried
and tested and matched to the interior of your Por-
sche and the corresponding weight groups for chil-
dren. Other systems have not been tested and could
present an increased risk of injury.
Use of restraint systems for children and toddlers is
required by law in all 50 US states and the Canadian
provinces. The child restraint system should comply
with US American and Canadian motor vehicle safety
standards and be secured with the lap belt section
of a 3-point seat belt (for child seats with L.A.T.C.H.
system: to the L.A.T.C.H. top tether).
A Declaration of Conformity from the seat manufac-
turer regarding compliance with US/Canadian stand-
ards can be found on the information label on the
restraint system and in the instructions accompany-
ing the restraint system. All child restraint systems
are designed to be attached to the vehicle seat with a
lap belt or with the lap belt section of a 3-point seat
belt. L.A.T.C.H. compatible child seats are available
from your authorized Porsche dealer.
e Always pay attention the separate installation
instructions for your child seat.
41
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
DANGER
Improper use of child re-
straint systems
Children whose child restraint systems are not prop-
erly secured in the vehicle can be at risk in the event
of an accident.
e Make sure that all child restraint systems are
properly secured.
e Observe all notes and warnings regarding child
restraint systems in this Owner's Manual.
A Declaration of Conformity for the child restraint
system regarding compliance with US/Canadian
standards can be found on the information label on
the child restraint system and in the instructions ac-
companying the child restraint system.
Child restraint system on
DANGER
the front seat
Using a child restraint system on the passenger seat
can cause serious injury or death to the child if the
airbag is deployed.
To reduce the risk of injuries caused by the airbag de-
ploying in an accident, Porsche strongly recommends
the following:
e Observe all notes and warnings regarding child
restraint systems in this Owner's Manual.
e Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
indicator lights up when the child seat is instal-
led. If it does not, contact your authorized Por-
sche dealer.
e Always pay attention to the separate operating
instructions for the child restraint system pro-
vided by the manufacturer of the child restraint
system when it comes to installing, using and
properly buckling up the child.
42
e Only use child restraint systems recommended Children in this weight group are transported in for-
for your Porsche. These systems have been tried ward-facing child restraint systems.
and tested and matched to the interior of your Children in group II: 33 to 55 lbs (15 to 25 kg)
Porsche and the corresponding weight groups
Children in this weight group are transported in for-
for children. Other systems have not been tested
ward-facing child restraint systems.
and could present an increased risk of injury.
Children in group III: 48 to 79 lbs (22 to 36 kg)
e Infants and toddlers should never be held on laps
or share a seat belt with another occupant while Children in this weight group are transported in for-
ward-facing child restraint systems.
the vehicle is in motion.
e Children who are too tall for a Group II/III child e Move the passenger seat to the rearmost and
restraint system must use regular seat belts, highest possible position.
even if they are no longer sitting in a child re-
straint system. A child is too small for a seat belt Using child restraint systems on the
if the shoulder belt runs over the child's face or
passenger seat
neck.
Improper use of child re-
e Select child restraint systems that match the DANGER
straint systems
child's height and weight.
e Porsche advises against using child restraint
e Child restraint systems that are damaged or have
systems on full bucket seats. Full bucket seats
been heavily stressed in an accident must be
can be recognized by the fact that their seat
replaced immediately.
backrests cannot be folded down.
e Children whose child restraint systems are not e Observe all notes and warnings regarding child
properly secured in the vehicle can be at risk in restraint systems in this Owner's Manual.
the event of an accident.
g Refer to chapter “Automatic retractor“ on page
e Do not attach any objects to child restraint sys-
46.
tems or cover them with other materials.
g Refer to chapter “Enhanced airbag system“ on page
e For the greatest possible safety and protection, 39.
install the child restraint system on the rear seat.
Installing child restraint systems
Children in groups 0 and 0+: Up to 29 lbs (13 kg)
Children in this weight group must be transported in
a rearward-facing child restraint system.
Children in group I: 20 to 40 lbs (9 to 18 kg)

Child restraint system on
DANGER
the front seat
Using a child restraint system on the passenger seat
can cause serious injury or death to the child if the
airbag is deployed.
To reduce the risk of injuries caused by the airbag de-
ploying in an accident, Porsche strongly recommends
the following:
e Observe all notes and warnings regarding child
restraint systems in this Owner's Manual.
e Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
indicator lights up when the child seat is instal-
led. If it does not, contact your authorized Por-
sche dealer.
However, in certain situations, it may be necessary to
place a child in the front seat so that he or she can be
supervised at all times, preventing an immediate risk
to the child (for example, when driving to the doctor
or hospital). The following information refers only to
this kind of situation.
e Ask your authorized Porsche dealer about the
possibility of installing a Porsche child restraint
system.
e If a child restraint system has to be secured to
the passenger seat, adjust the seat so that it is
as far away from the airbag as possible. Adjust
the inclination of the passenger seat backrest so
that there is firm contact between the passenger
seat and the child restraint system.
e If emergency situations or other urgent circum-
stances require a child to be placed in the front
seat, use extreme caution and drive in a defen-
sive manner.
Child restraint system for children up to one
year of age
If the child restraint system has to be secured to the
passenger seat in exceptional cases:
e If a child up to one year old is sitting in the
child restraint system, the front airbag on the
passenger side is automatically deactivated.
e Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
indicator lights up.
e Position the passenger seat so that the distance
from the airbag and neighboring parts of the
vehicle body is as large as possible.
Child seat detection mal-
DANGER
function
If the ignition is on and a child up to one year of age is
sitting in the child restraint system on the passenger
seat, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator must
light up.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator does not
light up, this may indicate a system malfunction. In
addition, the airbag can deploy in the event of a colli-
sion, with the risk of serious injury or death for the
child. In this case:
e Do not install any child restraint systems on the
passenger seat.
e
Have the fault rectified by your nearest author-
ized Porsche dealer.
Child restraint system for children over one
year of age
Your vehicle is equipped with an occupant sensing
system for the passenger seat in accordance with
U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208.
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
The passenger airbag is switched on or off automati-
cally depending on the electrical capacitance acting
on the passenger seat.
Short adult passengers
If a short adult is sitting on the passenger side, en-
sure the following:
– The PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator does not light
up.
– The knees are comfortably bent at the edge of
the seat.
– The shoulder belt runs between the neck and
arm of the short adult occupant.
– The lap belt is as low as possible and touches the
thighs of the short adult occupant.
– The short adult occupant can remain seated
throughout the journey.
Use of the passenger seat
DANGER
by adults
If the ignition is switched on and a short adult is
sitting in the passenger seat, the PASS AIR BAG OFF
indicator must go out.
If the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lights up, this may
indicate a fault in the system. In this case:
e Have the fault rectified by your nearest author-
ized Porsche dealer.
43
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
Vehicles with full bucket seats
Fig. 24: Comparison of seat variants – Do not install child
restraint systems on a full bucket seat
e Follow all child seat manufacturer's instructions
on installation and use.
44
Full bucket seat
Improper use of child re-
DANGER
straint systems
Porsche advises against using child restraint systems
on full bucket passenger seats. Full bucket seats can
be recognized by the fact that their seat backrests
cannot be folded down.
If you decide to use a child seat on a full bucket
passenger seat:
e Observe all notes and warnings regarding child
restraint systems in this Owner's Manual.
e Make sure that the full bucket seat is in the
rearmost position.
e Allow yourself enough time to properly secure
the child seat tether to the anchorage point on
the rear shelf behind the passenger seat.
e Make sure that the PASS AIR BAG OFF indica-
tor lights up when the child seat is installed.
If it does not, contact your authorized Porsche
dealer.
Installing child restraint systems with top
tether for additional safety
Child seats with a top tether are the best option for
installing a child seat in your Porsche.
These child seats with top tether must be installed
using the vehicle's seat belt system, so that the child
restraint system is properly secured to the passenger
seat. The tightly drawn top tether gives the child
restraint system additional stability. If possible, only
use child restraint systems with top tether recom-
mended by Porsche. These systems have been tried
and tested and matched to the interior of your Por-
sche and the corresponding weight groups for chil-
dren.
Other systems have not been tested and could pres-
ent an increased risk of injury.
e Contact your authorized Porsche dealer for
proper installation.
e Always pay attention the separate installation
instructions for your child seat.
Improper use of child seat
WARNING
anchorages
Due to their design, child seat anchorages can only
withstand such loads as are to be expected with
properly secured child seats. Under no circumstances
should they be used on adult seat belts or harnesses.
e Do not use the child seat anchorages for any
other purpose.
e Always attach only one child seat top tether per
anchorage.
e The child seat anchorages are not designed to
withstand the loading caused by adults.
Installing a child restraint system with top
tether on a folding passenger seat
e When using a child restraint system with top
tether, the tether must be attached to the an-
chorage point on the rear shelf behind the pas-
senger seat.

Fig. 25: Installing child restraint system with top tether
1. Move the passenger seat to the rearmost upper
position.
2. Move the passenger seat to the rearmost posi-
tion.
g Refer to chapter “Adjusting the seat“ on page
51.
3. Adjust the length of the top tether so it is as long
as possible.
4. Place the child seat on the adjustable seat. Make
sure that the child restraint system is in full con-
tact with the seat cushion.
5. Adjust the backrest angle of the passenger seat
so that there is solid contact between the seat
and child restraint system.
6. Kneel on the driver's seat to reach the anchor-
age point on the rear shelf behind the passenger
seat.
Fig. 26: Attaching the top tether to the anchorage point
7. Fasten the top tether to the anchorage point on
the rear shelf behind the passenger seat.
8. Make sure the top tether is not twisted.
9. Move the passenger seat backrest to an upright
position.
10. Tighten the top tether as per the instructions of
the child restraint system manufacturer. Remove
any slack in the top tether.
11. Secure the child seat using the seat belt.
12. After installing the child seat, make sure that
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator in the
overhead console lights up. If it does not, contact
your authorized Porsche dealer.
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
Installing top tethers with full bucket seats
Fig. 27: Full bucket seat anchorage point
When using child restraint systems with a top tether
on full bucket seats, the anchorage point on the rear
shelf behind the passenger seat must be used to
secure the top tether. Allow yourself plenty of time to
install the child seat properly.
Proper installation is necessary to ensure optimal
child safety. Do not be too hasty with installation.
1. Adjust the passenger seat so that it is forward
and completely upright. Adjust the driver seat so
that it is back and completely down.
2. Make sure that the top tether is as long as possi-
ble.
3. Place the child seat on the full bucket seat. Make
sure that the child restraint system is in full con-
tact with the seat cushion.
45
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
4. On the driver's side, kneel on the driver's seat
to access the anchorage point on the rear shelf
behind the passenger seat.
Fig. 28: Attaching the top tether to the anchorage point
5. Attach the top tether of the child seat to the an-
chorage point. Because of the location of the an-
chorage point, additional effort may be required
to properly secure the top tether to the anchor-
age point. Make sure that the top tether is not
twisted.
6. Move the passenger seat up and back.
7. Pull the top tether tight and pay attention to the
instructions from the child seat manufacturer.
Remove any slack in the top tether.
8. . Secure the child seat using the seat belt. Make
sure that the full bucket seat can no longer be
moved after the child seat has been installed.
9. After installing the child seat, make sure that
the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator in the overhead
console lights up. If it does not, contact your
authorized Porsche dealer.
46
Automatic retractor
The seat belt for the passenger seat is equipped with
an automatic retractor that enables child restraint
systems to be attached.
When activated, the automatic retractor enables you
to attach the child restraint system so securely that it
cannot move accidentally.
g Refer to chapter “Enhanced airbag system“ on page
39.
If a child has to be transported in the passenger seat
due to an emergency situation, use a child seat and
the automatic retractor. Pay attention to the other
safety instructions on the previous pages of this sec-
tion.
Fig. 29: PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF/ON indicator
Adjusting child restraint
DANGER
systems after securing
them
Adjusting the seat can result in the seat belt
no longer properly contacting the child seat, the
PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator goes out and the airbag
system is activated.
e Do not adjust the seat in any direction after se-
curing the child restraint system.
e Check the status of the passenger airbag system
as shown by the indicator light in the overhead
console.
Activating the automatic retractor
1. If a child restraint system has to be attached to
the passenger seat, adjust the passenger seat so
that it is as far away from the airbag as possible.
2. Position the child seat as per the child seat man-
ufacturer's instructions and also pay attention
to all instructions from the manufacturer when
installing it on the vehicle seat.
3. Pull the belt strap out fully. At this point, the
locking mechanism is activated.
4. Insert the tongue in the belt buckle and make
sure that it clicks into place properly. Do not
make any further adjustments to the seat.
5. Let the seat belt retract until it is taut against the
child restraint system. You can tighten the belt
further by pulling on it to retract more of the belt
strap. If you can pull out the shoulder belt, the
automatic retractor is not activated. Pull the seat
belt all the way out and repeat steps 4 and 5.
6. Take care not to move the passenger seat after
installing the child seat and activating the auto-
matic retractor. Otherwise, the tightly fastened
seat belt may damage the seat belt system or
the child seat.
Slackening the seat belt
1. Press the belt buckle button.
2. Then make sure the belt is fully retracted. At this
point, the automatic lock is released.
e Ask your authorized Porsche dealer about the
possibility of installing a Porsche child restraint
system.
 Air Conditioning and Ergonomics

Air Conditioning System (2-Zone Au-

tomatic Air Conditioning)
Brief overview
This brief overview does not replace the comprehen-
sive descriptions provided in the "Air Conditioning
System (2-Zone Automatic Air Conditioning)" chap-
ter. In particular, the brief overview is no substitute
for safety messages and warnings.
The air conditioning can be using the buttons in the
center console and using the PCM.
Fig. 30: Brief Overview – Front Air Conditioning
g Refer to chapter “ Porsche Communication Man-
agement (PCM)“ on page 103.

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? Where?

Defrosting the windshield e Press button A (Fig. 30). g digital1

Switch on heated rear screen/door mirror heating e Press button B (Fig. 30). g digital1

Switching on air-recirculation mode manually Depending on the country, air circulation mode can be g digital1
switched on using the button in the center console or
using the PCM touch display.
e Press button C (Fig. 30).
– or –
e e Air conditioning e Air quality e

Switch on A/C MAX operation (maximum air condi- Depending on the country, A/C MAX mode can be g digital1
tioning) switched on using the button in the center console or
using the PCM touch display.
e Press button C (Fig. 30).
– or –
e e Air conditioning e A/C MAX

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

47
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? Where?

Switch on automatic mode e Press button D (Fig. 30). g digital1

Setting the temperature e Press buttonE (Fig. 30) for the left side or button G g digital1
(Fig. 30) up (warmer) or down (cooler) for the right
side.

Set air flow manually e Press button F (Fig. 30) up (increase) or down (de- g digital1
crease).

Set the strength of the air flow in automatic mode e e Air conditioning e g digital1

Adjusting air distribution manually e e Air conditioning e , or g digital1

Setting the footwell temperature e e Air conditioning e g digital1

Adjusting the upper ventilation panel e e Air conditioning e g digital1

Digitally available: Steering Wheel

– Operating principle Adjusting the steering wheel
– Switching air conditioning on and off Adjusting the steering
WARNING
– Operating the air conditioning system wheel while driving
– Operating glass and mirror heating
The steering wheel may move further than desired if
adjusted while driving. You may lose control of the
vehicle.
e Do not adjust the steering wheel when driving.

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

48

Adjusting the steering wheel manually
Fig. 38: Steering wheel adjustment lever
1. Turn the lever down, away from the driver.
2. Move the steering wheel vertically and horizon-
tally to adjust its position in line with the angle of
the backrest and the seat position.
3. Turn the lever back to the original position, to-
ward the driver, until you feel it engage.
Digitally available:
– Operating the instrument cluster with the multi-
function steering wheel
Seat Belts
Correct use of seat belts
Unfastened or incorrectly
DANGER
used seat belts
A seat belt that is not fastened will not provide any
protection in the event of an accident. A seat belt
that is not fastened correctly can increase the risk of
injury in the event of an accident.
e All occupants must always fasten their seat belts
before the start of a journey.
e Never allow two people to use the same seat belt
at the same time.
e Remove any loose articles of clothing (e.g. jack-
ets), as they can interfere with the correct posi-
tion of the seat belt and restrict your freedom of
movement.
e Do not lay seat belts over hard or breakable ob-
jects (e.g. glasses, ball-point pens, cellphones,
etc.). Objects of this kind pose an additional risk
of injury.
e Make sure that seat belts are not twisted or
loose.
e Also provide your passengers with all the infor-
mation in this section.
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
DANGER
Use of damaged seat
belts
Damaged or heavily worn seat belts will not provide
adequate protection in the event of an accident.
The seat-belt pretensioner system may only be trig-
gered once; it must then be replaced.
e Regularly check all seat belts for fabric damage
and check that the belt buckle and attachment
points are in good working order.
e Protect the belt buckles from soiling and keep
them clean.
e Immediately replace any seat belts that are dam-
aged or have been subjected to heavy strain dur-
ing an accident, as well as triggered seat-belt
pretensioner systems and force limiters.
e In addition, you should have the anchorage
points of the seat belts checked.
Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec-
ommends an authorized Porsche dealer as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
e When not in use, ensure that the seat belts are
always fully retracted. This will protect them
from dirt and damage.
g Refer to chapter “Car Care“ on page 144.
Belt tensioners
Whether the seat belt pretensioner system is trig-
gered or not depends on the severity of the accident.
The seat belt pretensioners can be triggered during:
– Front or rear collisions.
– Side impacts.
– Vehicle rollover.
49
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
Information
Smoke may be released when the seat belt preten-
sioners are triggered. This does not necessarily mean
that the vehicle is on fire.
Fastening and unfastening seat belts
Fastening a seat belt
Fig. 39: Fastening a seat belt
Information
The seat belt can jam in the following situations:
− Vehicle on an incline.
− Seat belt is pulled out abruptly.
− When accelerating or decelerating, when negoti-
ating bends or on inclines.
50
1. Assume a comfortable seating position. Opening the belt buckle and unfastening a
2. Adjust the backrest so that the shoulder belt seat belt
passes over the center of your shoulder and is
positioned on your upper body.
3. Grasp the seat belt by the belt latch and pull it
slowly and evenly over your chest and hip.
4. Insert the belt latch into the relevant seat belt
buckle on the inner side of the seat until it locks
with an audible click.
5. Make sure that the seat belt is not trapped or
twisted and that it is not rubbing against sharp
edges.
6. Ensure that the lap belt fits tautly across the lap.
After fastening the seat belt, tension the lap belt
by pulling the shoulder belt up.
For pregnant women: Position the lap belt so
that it is as low on the lap as possible and not
pressing against the abdomen.
Fig. 40: Unfastening a seat belt
7. During the journey, pull on the shoulder belt oc-
casionally to ensure that the lap belt remains 1. Hold the belt latch.
under tension. 2. Press the red button on the belt buckle.
3. Guide the belt latch up to approx. 2.75 in. (7 cm)
below the belt outlet and push the plastic slider
under the belt latch.
The plastic slider ensures that the belt latch is
easily accessible.

Observing the seat belt warning light
and warning message
Fig. 41: Seat belt status display on the instrument cluster
The red warning light Cg (Fig. 41) on the instru-
ment cluster flashes for 6 seconds when the ignition
is switched on and a warning tone sounds if the
driver's seat belt or passenger's seat belt – if the
passenger seat is occupied – is not fastened.
The red warning light will continue to light up after
the 6 seconds until the driver's seat belt or passeng-
er's seat belt – if the passenger seat is occupied – is
fastened.
A warning message is also displayed on the instru-
ment cluster.
Above a vehicle speed of approx. 15 mph (24 km/h),
an acoustic warning sounds and the red warning light
Cg (Fig. 41) on the instrument cluster flashes if
the driver's seat belt or passenger's seat belt – if the
passenger seat is occupied – is not fastened.
Seats
Adjusting the seat
Selecting the correct seat position
A correct sitting position is important to ensure safe
and fatigue-free driving. To individually adjust the
position of the driver's seat, proceed as follows:
1. Adjust the seat height to ensure that you have
enough headroom and a good overview of the
vehicle.
2. Move the seat in the fore-and-aft direction so
that you can reach and press the pedals without
stretching your legs out completely. Your foot
should cover the entire surface of the pedal.
3. Grip the upper part of the steering wheel. Adjust
the backrest angle (not applicable to full bucket
seat) and steering wheel position so that your
arms are almost extended. Your shoulders must
still be touching the backrest, however.
4. Correct the fore-and-aft position of the seat if
necessary.
Headrests
The vehicle has two seats. The driver's seat and
the passenger seat have integrated headrests. The
headrests of the driver's seat and passenger seat are
not adjustable.
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
Adjusting the seat
WARNING
Adjusting the seat while
driving
The seat can move further than intended if adjusted
while driving. You may lose control of the vehicle.
All occupants, including the driver, should only drive
the vehicle after the seat backrests have been
brought into the correct position to minimize the risk
of neck injuries in the event of an accident.
e Do not adjust the seat while driving.
e Adjust the incline of the backrest so that the
headrest is upright.
e The driver and the other occupants should sit
upright and in the middle of their seats.
Seat adjustment
CAUTION
If persons or animals are within the range of move-
ment of the seat during adjustment, there is a risk of
body parts being trapped or crushed.
e Ensure that no one is put at risk when adjusting
the seat.
NOTE
Risk of damage to the headrest, roof and sun visor.
e Adjust the seat so that there is a sufficient dis-
tance between the headrest, roof and sun visor.
51
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
Adjusting sports seat plus
Fig. 42: Adjusting sports seat plus
1 Adjusting seat height
2 Adjusting backrest angle
3 Adjusting fore-and-aft position
e Press the relevant control 1 or 2 (Fig. 42) in the
direction of the arrow until the desired setting or
final position is reached.
e Lift the locking lever 3 (Fig. 42), move the seat to
the desired position and then release the lever.
Ensure that the seat engages properly.
52
Adjusting full bucket seat
Fig. 43: Adjusting full bucket seat
1 Adjusting fore-and-aft position
2 Adjusting seat height
Use of child restraint sys-
DANGER
tems
Danger of serious or fatal injury resulting from the
use of child restraint systems in full bucket seats.
Child restraint systems in full bucket seats do not
provide protection in the event of an accident.
e Do not use child restraint systems in full bucket
seats.
e Lift the locking lever 1 (Fig. 43), move the seat to
the desired position and then release the lever.
Ensure that the seat engages properly.
e Press the relevant control 2 (Fig. 43) in the di-
rection of the arrow until the desired setting or
final position is reached.
Adjusting adaptive sports seat plus
Fig. 44: Adjusting adaptive sports seat plus
1 Adjusting seat angle
2 Adjusting seat height
3 Adjusting seat cushion
4 Adjusting seat side bolsters
5 Adjusting backrest side bolsters
6 Adjusting fore-and-aft position
7 Adjusting backrest angle
8 Adjusting lumbar support
e Press the relevant control in the direction of the
arrow until the desired setting or final position is
reached.
 Air Conditioning and Ergonomics

Folding backrest down Digitally available: Mirrors

– Turning seat heating on and off Using door mirrors
Incorrect assessment of
WARNING
traffic situation due to
distorted representation
of surroundings in door
mirrors
Vehicles or objects appear smaller in convex mirrors
and further away than they are in reality. This may
lead to incorrect assessment of the driving situation
and an accident.
e Take distortion into account when estimating
the distance to following traffic and when park-
ing.
e Use the interior mirror as well to estimate dis-
tances.
Fig. 45: Folding backrest down
Leaking electrolyte fluid
CAUTION
e Pull the loop at the side of the backrest and fold
the backrest forward. Electrolyte fluid may escape from a broken mirror.
This fluid causes irritation to the skin and eyes.
Folding backrest up e In the event of contact with the skin or eyes,
Backrest not latched in immediately rinse off the electrolyte fluid using
WARNING
position clean water.
Risk of injury due to backrests that are not properly e Seek medical attention from a doctor if neces-
engaged. sary.

e When folding back the backrest, check that it is NOTE

engaged.

e Fold up the backrest until it locks with an audible Risk of damage to paintwork, leather, plastic compo-
click. nents and clothing
Make sure that the seat belts are not trapped. Electrolyte fluid can only be removed while it is still
wet.
e Clean affected parts with water.

53
Air Conditioning and Ergonomics
NOTE
Risk of damage to the door mirrors when washing the
vehicle in car washes
e Fold in door mirrors before using the car wash.
Fig. 47: Operation of door mirror
A Select left-hand door mirror
B Select right-hand door mirror
C Adjusting door mirrors
D Fold door mirrors in and out (depending on equip-
ment)
Due to weather conditions, the door mirror may be
frozen.
g digital1
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
54
Dimming mirrors
Switching automatic dimming of door mir-
rors on and off
The door mirrors are dimmed automatically, together
with the interior mirror.
g Refer to chapter “Switching automatic interior mir-
ror dimming on and off“ on page 54.
Dimming interior mirror manually
Fig. 50: Dimming interior mirror manually
When setting the mirror, the dimming
lever A(Fig. 50) must point toward the vehicle inte-
rior.
e Initial position – swivel lever toward the vehicle
interior.
e Dimmed position – swivel lever toward the
windshield.
Switching automatic interior mirror dim-
ming on and off
Fig. 51: Automatic dimming of the interior mirror
Switching automatic dimming on
e Press button B(Fig. 51).
🡆 Light indicator A(Fig. 51) lights up.
Depending on the light intensity, the interior
mirror automatically dims or returns to the
initial position.
Information
The interior mirror does not dim when reverse gear is
engaged or the interior lighting is switched on.
Switching automatic dimming off
e Press button B.
🡆 Light indicator A goes out.
 Air Conditioning and Ergonomics

Leaking electrolyte fluid

CAUTION

Electrolyte fluid may escape from a broken mirror.

This fluid causes irritation to the skin and eyes.
e In the event of contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately rinse off the electrolyte fluid using
clean water.
e Seek medical attention from a doctor if neces-
sary.

NOTE

Risk of damage to paintwork, leather, plastic compo-

nents and clothing.
Electrolyte fluid can only be removed while it is still
wet.
e Clean affected parts with water.

Digitally available:
– Adjusting door mirrors
– Folding door mirrors in and out

55
Driving and Driving Assistance
Driving and Driving Assis-
tance
Drive-off assistant
General safety instructions
Loss of control over the
WARNING
vehicle
The limits set by the physics of driving cannot be
overcome, even with the drive-off assistant. Despite
the drive-off assistant, responsibility for stopping and
starting on hills lies with the driver.
When stopping and starting on slippery surfaces (e.g.
icy or loose substrate), the drive-off assistant cannot
be guaranteed to provide assistance. The vehicle can
slip in such cases.
If the drive-off assistant is not working, the driver
cannot be assisted when hill starting.
e Always adjust your driving style to the road sur-
face and the vehicle load; use the footbrake if
necessary.
e Hold the vehicle with the footbrake.
Driving off using drive-off assistant
The drive-off assistant provides support to the driver
during hill starts.
The vehicle is briefly automatically secured against
rolling backwards.
b Engine is running.
1. Hold the vehicle securely on the hill using the
footbrake.
2. Vehicles with manual transmission:
56
Depress the clutch pedal fully.
3. Vehicles with manual transmission: Select an ap-
propriate gear for the intended driving direction
and gradient (first gear or reverse).
Vehicles with PDK: Select D or R for the intended
driving direction and gradient, or engage first
gear in selector lever position M.
4. Release the footbrake.
The vehicle is briefly held on the gradient to
enable driving off and prevent the vehicle from
rolling back.
5. Drive off in the usual way.
Information
− If the electric parking brake is used to hold the
vehicle on the gradient, you can drive off in the
usual way. The electric parking brake detects the
start request and is automatically released.
− If the driver's seat belt is unfastened and the
driver's door is opened, the electric parking brake
is activated automatically.
g Refer to chapter “Electric parking brake“ on page
59.
Information
The drive-off assistant does not work in the following
cases:
− Clutch not pressed (vehicles with manual trans-
mission)
− In selector lever position N (vehicles with PDK)
− If the vehicle is not stationary
− If the engine is not running
− On gradients of less than 5%
− If the pressure on the brake pedal is insufficient
Auto Start Stop function
How Auto Start Stop works
The engine stops automatically when the vehicle is
stopped, e.g. at traffic lights or in a traffic jam, if all
preconditions for Auto Stop are met. This way, the
Auto Start Stop function helps to save fuel. The igni-
tion stays on even when the engine is switched off
automatically. All safety functions are still available.
Preconditions for Auto Stop
b Auto Start Stop function switched on.
b Engine, transmission and air conditioning are at
operating temperature.
b Vehicle has been driven at least at walking pace
since the last Auto Stop.
Vehicles with PDK
b Brake pedal pressed.
b Selector lever in position D, N or manually se-
lected gear 1 or 2.
– or –
Driver's door closed and selector lever in position
P.
Vehicles with manual transmission
b Seat belt fastened and driver's door closed.
b Gear lever in neutral and clutch pedal released.
Auto Stop and Auto Start
Vehicles with manual transmission
Auto Stop
1. Brake the vehicle with the footbrake.
2. Move the gear lever to neutral.

3. Release the clutch pedal.
🡆 The engine stops.
Auto Start
b Seat belt fastened.
b Driver's door closed.
e Press the clutch pedal.
🡆 You can drive off normally.
Information
The engine will start automatically in certain situa-
tions to ensure passenger comfort via air condition-
ing, for example. The gear lever must be set to neu-
tral for this function to work. In some cases, a mes-
sage prompting the driver to press the brake pedal is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
Reaction after leaving the vehicle
If the driver's door is opened during an Auto Stop,
the engine will not start automatically. Pressing the
clutch pedal enables the Auto Start function once
more. Auto Start Stop mode is resumed when one of
the following conditions is detected:
– The brake pedal is pressed while the driver’s door
is closed and the driver’s seat belt is fastened.
– or –
The driver’s door is closed and the driver’s seat
belt is then fastened.
– or –
The accelerator pedal is pressed while the driv-
er’s door is closed and the driver’s seat belt is
fastened.
If the driver leaves the vehicle during an Auto Stop
(driver's door open and pedals released), the above
conditions will only result in an engine start or the ac-
tivation of Auto Start Stop mode within 30 seconds.
Switching off the Auto Start Stop function within
30 seconds of leaving the vehicle results in an engine
start only after the driver's door has been closed and
the driver's seat belt has been fastened. If none of
these requirements are met, the engine has to be
started manually 30 seconds after leaving the vehi-
cle. A message prompting you to start the engine
manually appears on the instrument cluster.
g Refer to chapter “Starting, Driving and Stopping the
Vehicle“ on page 61.
Vehicles with PDK
Auto Stop
1. Brake the vehicle with the brake pedal.
2. Keep the brake pedal pressed down.
– or –
While stationary, move the selector lever to P.
Auto Start
b Selector lever in position P, D, N or manually
selected gear 1 or 2.
e Release the brake pedal (not in selector lever
position P).
– or –
Press the accelerator.
– or –
Move the steering wheel.
– or –
Select selector lever position R.
🡆 You can drive off normally.
Driving and Driving Assistance
Information
The engine will start automatically in certain situa-
tions to ensure passenger comfort via air condition-
ing, for example. In some cases, a message prompt-
ing the driver to press the brake pedal is displayed on
the instrument cluster.
Reaction after leaving the vehicle (selector lever po-
sition P selected)
If the driver leaves the vehicle after the engine has
been stopped automatically and PDK selector lever
position P is engaged (driver's door open and brake
pedal released), e.g. to open the garage door, the en-
gine is not started automatically. If the driver closes
the driver's door and presses the brake pedal at the
latest 30 seconds after leaving the vehicle, Auto Start
Stop mode is resumed. If any of these requirements
is not met, the vehicle must be started manually. A
message prompting you to start the engine manually
appears on the instrument cluster.
g Refer to chapter “Starting, Driving and Stopping the
Vehicle“ on page 61.
Reaction after leaving the vehicle (selector
lever position D, M, or N selected)
If the driver leaves the vehicle after the engine has
been stopped automatically and PDK selector lever
position D, M or N is engaged (driver's door open and
brake pedal released), the engine is started automat-
ically to remind the driver that the Auto Start Stop
function is still active. In selector lever position D or
M, the electric parking brake is also applied. The light
indicator on the button and the brake warning
light light up.
57
Driving and Driving Assistance
Exceptions for the Auto Start Stop function
The Auto Start Stop function is not available in the
following cases:
– ESC or ESC+TC switched off.
– Front axle lift system active.
– "Maximum cooling output" function activated.
– "Defrost windshield" function activated.
– At high altitudes.
The Auto Start Stop function is only available to a
limited extent in the following cases:
– Air conditioning or passenger compartment
heating on a high setting.
– Low battery charge state.
– On upward or downward slopes.
– During internal vehicle test procedures, e.g. au-
tomatic engine checks.
– At very low or very high outside or battery tem-
peratures.
Information
If one of these situations arises after an Auto Stop,
the engine can be restarted automatically.
Switching Auto Start Stop function on
and off
e e Vehicle e Select Start/Stop .
Auto Stop is disabled.
The engine is switched off automatically when
the vehicle comes to a standstill.
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
58
The SPORT and TRACK driving programs can be con- Responding to warning message
figured in such a way that the Auto Start Stop func-
In the event of a fault, a message stating that Start/
tion is switched off when the corresponding driving
Stop is deactivated appears on the instrument clus-
program is selected.
ter.
e
For information on configuring and selecting driving
Have the fault corrected at a specialist work-
programs:
shop. Porsche recommends an authorized Por-
g digital1 sche dealer as they have trained technicians and
the necessary parts and tools.
Auto Start Stop function display
Auto Stop and restart readiness
If the engine was stopped automatically by
the Auto Start Stop function and Auto Start
is possible, the light indicator in the instru-
ment cluster lights up green.
No Auto Stop or restart readiness
If Auto Stop is not possible or the engine
cannot be restarted after an Auto Stop,
the light indicator in the instrument cluster
lights up yellow when the vehicle is station-
ary.
The Auto Start Stop system has detected that:
– At least one precondition for automatically stop-
ping the engine is not met.
– or –
At least one exception for the Auto Start Stop
function is present.
g Refer to chapter “Auto Stop and Auto Start“ on
page 56.
g Refer to chapter “Switching Auto Start Stop func-
tion on and off“ on page 58.

Brakes
General safety instructions
Obstructed pedals
WARNING
Unsuitable or incorrectly secured floor mats can inad-
vertently actuate or block the accelerator pedal and
brake pedal.
This can lead to unintentional or more difficult accel-
eration and braking.
e Only use floor mats that are suitable for the vehi-
cle.
e Secure floor mats properly and do not lay them
loosely.
e Do not lay several floor mats on top of each
other.
e Ensure that floor mats are securely fitted again
after they have been removed, e.g. for cleaning.
Absence of brake power
WARNING
assistance
The brake booster is only operative when the drive
is running. Consequently, much greater force needs
to be applied to the pedal during braking when the
drive is switched off or in the event of a faulty brake
booster.
e Vehicles with a defective brake may only be
towed on a car transporter or trailer.
WARNING
Water film on brake disks
In heavy rain, when driving through water or after
leaving a car wash, the braking effect may be delayed
and increased pressure may be required.
e Check the brakes after washing the vehicle.
e Allow a greater braking distance from the vehicle
in front and "brake" the brakes dry at intervals.
Ensure that this does not affect the traffic be-
hind.
Reduced braking action
WARNING
Following a long drive on wintry roads, a coating may
form on the brake disks and pads that significantly
reduces friction and therefore also the braking action.
After a longer vehicle idle time, the brake disks can
corrode and the brakes can then tilt to “juggle”.
e If braking effect is noticeably impaired:
Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec-
ommends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
For information on brake fluid and checking the brake
fluid level:
g Refer to chapter “Brake Fluid“ on page 136.
Responding to warning messages
Always heed any warning and information messages
displayed in the vehicle.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
sages“ on page 107.
Driving and Driving Assistance
When the vehicle is switched on, the braking func-
tions are automatically checked for their state. The
warning and indicator lights light up briefly and go
out again. If a brake warning light lights up perma-
nently, there is a fault.
e Have the fault corrected immediately. Visit an
authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recommends
an authorized Porsche dealer, as they have
trained technicians and the necessary parts and
tools.
If the electric parking brake cannot be fully applied
when the vehicle is stationary, the light indicator on
the switch and the brake warning light flash.
Brake pad wear limit
When the wear limit of the brake pads is reached,
a warning message is displayed on the instrument
cluster.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
sages“ on page 107.
e Have the brake pads replaced immediately. Visit
an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recom-
mends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
Electric parking brake
The electric parking brake acts on the rear wheels
and is used to secure the vehicle when it is station-
ary.
59
Driving and Driving Assistance
Fig. 52: Switch for electric parking brake
Applying the parking brake
b Vehicle is stationary.
e Pull button P.
🡆 The indicator light on switch and the brake
warning light light up.
Manually releasing the parking brake
b Operational readiness established.
1. Press the brake pedal.
2. Press the P button.
🡆 The brake warning light goes out.
60
Automatically releasing the parking brake
b Engine is running.
b Driver’s door is closed.
b Driver’s seat belt is fastened or operating mode
or selector lever position D, R or M is selected.
You can start up normally with the parking brake
active.
Automatic engagement of the parking brake
b Vehicle with PDC
b Vehicle is stationary.
b Selector lever position D, R or M engaged.
b Driver’s door is opened.
b Driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
The electric parking brake engages automatically.
Light indicator in the instrument cluster
comes on briefly.
The indicator light on P button and the brake warning
light up.
If automatic engagement of the electric parking
brake is overridden by a manual release, the function
is only available after the door has been opened again
or the driver’s seat belt is unfastened again.
Activate the emergency braking func-
tion
Abrupt deceleration
WARNING
Emergency braking results in a very high braking
force. This can endanger any following traffic and
control over the vehicle may be lost.
e Only activate the emergency braking function in
an emergency.
In the event that the conventional brake actuation
has failed, the vehicle can be braked to a standstill.
e Pull and hold button P.
🡆 The brake warning light and the light indica-
tor on the P-button flash.
To deactivate the emergency brake function:
e Release button P.
Digitally available:
– Footbrake
 Driving and Driving Assistance

Starting, Driving and Stopping the Information Stopping engine

Vehicle If no electrical equipment is switched on for 10 mi-
nutes after the ignition is switched on, the ignition
Ignition lock
has to be switched on again. The control unit must be
The vehicle key is replaced by a control unit in the turned to the ignition lock position 0 (initial position)
ignition lock. The vehicle key simply has to be carried first.
with you.
2–Start the engine
After the engine is started, the control unit is auto-
matically turned back from position 2 to position 1.
Absence of steering and
WARNING
brake power assistance
The steering assistance and brake booster are only
operative when the engine is running. Consequently,
much greater force needs to be applied for steering
and braking when the engine is stopped.
e Only switch off the ignition once the vehicle has
come to a standstill.

1. Stop the vehicle.

Starting engine
2. Press the brake pedal.
1. Press the brake pedal. 3. Turn the operating device to ignition lock posi-
2. Vehicles with manual transmission: Fully depress tion 0.
the clutch pedal and hold.
e When exiting the vehicle, apply the electric park-
3. Vehicles with manual transmission: Move the ing brake and, in the case of vehicles with PDK,
gear lever to neutral. move the selector lever to position P or, in the
4. Vehicles with PDK: Move the selector lever to case of vehicles with manual transmission, en-
position P or N. gage first or reverse gear.
5. Do not press the accelerator pedal.
6. Turn the operating device to ignition lock posi-
Fig. 56: Ignition lock settings tion 2. Do not use the starter for more than
0 Initial position approx. 10 seconds.
1 Ignition on 🡆 The starting process is carried out and com-
2 Start engine pleted automatically as soon as ignition key po-
sition 2 (start engine) is reached.
0–Ignition off (basic position)
e If necessary, wait for about 10 seconds and
In ignition lock setting 0 the engine and ignition are
then repeat the starting process. First turn the
off.
operating device back to ignition lock position 0
1–Ignition on
(initial position).
All electrical equipment can be switched on. The
Do not warm up the engine when stationary.
warning lights in the instrument cluster light up as
Drive off immediately. Avoid high engine speeds
a lamp check.
and full throttle until the engine has reached
operating temperature.

61
Driving and Driving Assistance
Transmission
Driving with Porsche Double Clutch
(PDC)
The 7-speed Porsche double clutch transmission
(PDC) is a transmission with an automatic and a
manual shift mode.
In automatic shift mode (selector lever position D),
gear changes are performed automatically. The gear-
shift paddles on the steering wheel can be used to
switch temporarily from automatic to manual shift
mode.
In manual shift mode (selector lever position M), gear
changes are performed using the shift paddles on
the steering wheel or with the gear selector. When
driving, the driver can switch between selector lever
positions D and M as desired.
e Make sure that the gearshift paddles on the
steering wheel are not accidentally operated in
automatic and manual selection mode, triggering
unintended gearshifts.
62
Switch selector lever position.
Fig. 57: Switch selector lever position.
When the ignition is switched off, the selector lever is
blocked in position P.
When the ignition is switched on, the selector lever
can only be moved from position P and N if the re-
lease button is pressed and the brake pedal is held
down.
Release button
The release button (Fig. 57) in the selector lever pre-
vents unintentional selections. To switch to position
R or P press the release button.
Start engine
The engine can only be started if the brake pedal is
pressed and the active operating mode is P or N.
Driving off with the vehicle
e Only select the desired drive setting for driving
off (D, M or R) when the engine is idling, and
keep the brake pedal pressed.
Driving off on hills
The Approach Assistant provides support during hill
starts. When switching from the brake to the accel-
erator pedal, the vehicle is held momentarily on the
gradient so that it can drive off immediately after the
brake is released.
g Refer to chapter “Drive-off assistant“ on page 56.
Stopping the vehicle
e When stopping briefly, e.g., at a traffic light, leave
the selector lever in operating mode D or M and
stop the vehicle with the brake pedal.
e Do not use the accelerator pedal to hold the
vehicle on a grade, but use the brake pedal or
electric parking brake instead.
e Before leaving the vehicle, always activate the
electric parking brake and place the selector
lever in operating mode P.
Parking the vehicle
e Lightly press the accelerator pedal!

Reading the selector lever position and en-
gaged gear display
Fig. 58: Selector lever position and engaged gear display
When the engine is running, the selector lever posi-
tion A (Fig. 58)and the engaged gear B are displayed.
If the selector lever is between two positions, the
relevant selector lever position flashes and a warning
appears on the instrument cluster.
Action required:
e Operate the footbrake and engage the selector
lever correctly.
If the selector lever is accidentally moved to a drive
position from P or N without the brake being applied
(due to a malfunction or incorrect operation), this
drive position flashes and no power transmission is
applied.
e Selector lever position N must be selected, e. g. when
To drive off, press brake and move the selector
lever from P or N to the desired drive position
again.
Selector lever position R or D flashes in the instru-
ment cluster
No power transmission takes place.
– The selector lever was engaged without applying
the footbrake.
– The selector lever was set to R above the per-
missible speed limit.
– Parking or maneuvering with the driver's door
open.
For legal reasons, the power transmission be-
tween the engine and transmission is interrupted
after 2 seconds without pedal movement (brake
and accelerator pedal).
e Apply the brake and select the desired selector
lever position to engage P or N.
Selector lever positions
P – Parking lock
e You should only engage the parking lock when
the vehicle is stationary.
If selector lever position P is flashing, the parking
lock is not engaged correctly. The vehicle can roll
away.
e Select selector lever position P again from R.
Driving and Driving Assistance
R – Reverse gear
e Only engage reverse gear when the vehicle is
stationary and the brake is applied.
N – Neutral (engine idle)
the vehicle is being towed or in car washes.
e Only engage selector lever position N when the
engine is idling.
e Only select the desired drive setting for driving
off (D, M or R) when the engine is idling, and
keep the brake pedal pressed.
D – Automatic shifting mode
Basic setting: The PDC already has a sporty shift
strategy in the basic setting. Gear changes are always
fast.
e Engage selector lever position D for “normal”
driving.
The gears are automatically selected according
to the accelerator pedal position and vehicle
speed.
The shift sequences and shift points are also
adapted depending on the driving style.
Switching PDC SPORT mode on and off
In PDC SPORT mode, the PDC switches to an even
more sporty shift pattern, which is also suitable for
the race track. The upshift and downshift points are
shifted to higher speeds. The shift sequences and
shift points are also adapted in PDC SPORT depend-
ing on the driving style.
b PDC SPORT configured in the SPORT or TRACK
driving program.
e Selecting driving program.
63
Driving and Driving Assistance
For information on configuring and selecting the driv-
ing programs:
g digital1
Switching PDC TRACK mode on and off
PDC TRACK mode is designed for use on a race track.
The PDC is even more sporty than the PDC SPORT
mode. The upshift and downshift points are shifted to
higher speeds. The shift sequences and shift points
are also adapted in PDC TRACK depending on the
driving style.
b PDC TRACK configured in the TRACK driving
program.
e Select TRACK driving program.
For information on configuring and selecting the driv-
ing programs:
g digital1
Storing shift commands in PDC TRACK mode
If manual gearshifts cannot yet be performed during a
braking process due to excessive engine speed, these
are stored in PDC TRACK mode when the brake pedal
is pressed. As soon as the permitted engine speed is
reached, the downshifts are performed.
b Selector lever position M or D.
b PDC TRACK mode active.
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
64
b Brake pedal pressed.
b Shifting would exceed the upper engine speed
limit.
e Press the selector lever (multiple times) forward
or pull back the left gearshift paddle (multiple
times).
🡆 The desired gear is displayed flashing in the
instrument cluster. As soon as the permitted
engine speed is reached, the downshifts are
performed.
When the brake pedal is released, the stored shifts
are rejected. The currently engaged gear is main-
tained and displayed in the gear display on the instru-
ment cluster.
Information
Shifting gears on the steering wheel allows you to
switch temporarily from automatic shifting mode D
to manual shifting mode M.
For example in the following cases:
− Downshifting before bends or when entering
built-up areas.
− Downshifting when driving downhill (engine
braking effect).
− Downshifting for short bursts of speed.
Information
In the selector lever position display on the instru-
ment cluster, D and M light up simultaneously.
Manual selection mode remains engaged in the fol-
lowing cases:
− When cornering (depending on lateral accelera-
tion)
− In overrun mode.
− When the vehicle is stationary, for example, at an
intersection.
− If the vehicle shift logic were to shift down more
than one gear.
Information
Manual selection mode is deactivated again in the
following cases:
− Automatically after around 6 seconds (not when
cornering or in overrun)
− After start-up
M – Manual shifting mode
The gearshift paddles on the steering wheel or the
selector lever allow the driver to select the seven
forward gears comfortably and safely.
In selector lever position M, there is no automatic
upshift at the upper speed limit.

Information
During the warm-up phase, the maximum speed is
limited to 7,000 rpm to protect the engine. The sym-
bol is displayed on the instrument cluster during
this time.
When the maximum engine speed is reached, a
warning message appears on the instrument cluster.
An acoustic signal also sounds.
e When accelerating or overtaking in selector level
position M, shift up a gear in a timely fashion
before the engine speed limit is reached.
Fig. 59: Manual shifting mode
e Press the selector lever from position D to M.
🡆 The currently engaged gear is retained when
switching from D to M.
When switching from M to D, the appropri-
ate gearshift map for the present driving
style is selected and the corresponding gear
is selected.
Fig. 60: Steering wheel with gearshift paddles
Upshifting with selector lever or right "+" gearshift
paddle
e Pull back the selector lever or right gearshift
paddle.
Downshifting with selector lever or left "-" gear-
shift paddle
e Press the selector lever forward or pull back the
left gearshift paddle.
Shift quickly by actuating the selector lever or
shift paddles several times
e The corresponding number of gears can be in-
creased or decreased by actuating the selector
lever or the shift paddles several times quickly.
Switching operations that would exceed the up-
per or lower speed limit are not performed.
Driving and Driving Assistance
Shifting to N – Neutral (idle) with the gearshift
paddles
e Pull and hold both shift paddles simultaneously.
🡆 The transmission shifts to N - Neutral (idle)
The vehicle then rolls in neutral with the
engine disengaged and without engine brak-
ing.
The number on the gear display flashes.
When the shift paddles are released, a transmission
gear is engaged again.
Information
− When Porsche Stability Management (PSM) is
switched on, the clutch is closed softly.
− When Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is
switched off, the clutch closes hard. This can
result in an unstable driving state.
Upshift indicator for fuel consumption-optimized
driving
The fuel economy-oriented upshift indicator helps
you to develop a fuel-saving driving style. Depending
on the selected gear, engine speed, and accelerator
pedal position, the upshift indicator lights up to
prompt you to shift to a higher gear.
b
Selector lever position M
e Shift to the next-higher gear when the upshift
indicator lights up.
65
Driving and Driving Assistance

Driving off with Launch Control
Loss of control over the
WARNING
vehicle or endangering
other road users
In some situations (poor road conditions, driver inat-
tention, etc.) control over the vehicle may be lost or
other road users may be endangered as a result.
e Launch Control should preferably be used on
race tracks.
e Only use Launch Control on public roads if the
road and traffic conditions permit.
A message appears on the instrument clus-
ter.
3. Release the brake pedal quickly.
Information
In PDC SPORT and PDC TRACK modes, in the case
of upshifts immediately after starting with Launch
Control, the motor interventions are prevented for a
sporty, comfortable shifting operation. The engine is
also operated at full power during the shifting proc-
ess, and as a result, the dynamic torque increase
during gear change is increased again.

e Do not endanger other road users when using

Launch Control.
Information
− Optimum function is only guaranteed on dry
routes and when the tires are at operating tem-
perature.
− Stresses on components increase significantly
when driving off at maximum acceleration com-
pared to normal driving off.
Launch Control is used to achieve maximum acceler-
ation from a standstill.
Vehicle with PDC
b Engine and transmission at operating tempera-
ture.
b Traction Control (TC) turned on.
1. Brake pedal is pressed with the left foot.
2. Quickly press the accelerator pedal fully and hold
it down.
🡆 The engine speed levels off above approx.
6,500 rpm.
Driving with manual transmission
Obstructed pedals
WARNING
Unsuitable or incorrectly secured floor mats and
other objects can restrict the movement of the ped-
als or interfere with operation of the pedals.
e Ensure the floor mats or other objects do not
interfere with the movement of the pedals.
Fig. 61: Shift diagram on gear lever
e When shifting gears, always make sure that the
clutch pedal is fully depressed and that the gear
is correctly engaged.
e Always use an appropriately low gear upward
and downward slopes.
This ensures optimum engine power and braking
effect.
Information
The accelerator pedal can remain pressed during
the disengagement and engagement process for op-
timum speed adjustment.
Shifting the transmission to neutral
The neutral position N of the transmission is between
3rd and 4th gear.

66

Engaging reverse gear
e You should only engage reverse gear when the
vehicle is stationary.
e You can shift to reverse gear after overriding the
shifting lock by pressing the lever to the left. The
reversing lights come on when reverse gear is
engaged and the ignition is switched on.
Displaying current gear
Fig. 62: Display of current gear
Gear display A (Fig. 62) in the instrument cluster
shows the currently engaged gear.
Driving with the upshift indicator
The fuel economy-oriented upshift indicator in the
Instrument cluster helps you to develop a fuel-saving
driving style.
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Driving and Driving Assistance
Depending on the selected gear, engine speed and Automatic intermediate gas function
accelerator pedal position, the upshift indicator lights
up , prompting you to shift to a higher gear.
When the intermediate gas function is switched on,
a controlled accelerator shock during upshifts and
e Shift to the next-higher gear when the upshift downshifts ensures optimal speed adjustment. As a
indicator lights up. result, greater vehicle stability is achieved during the
load change.
Observing the permitted engine speed
e Select e Drive e Auto Blip .
e Before the red zone on the tachometer scale is Function is turned on.
reached, shift to the next higher gear or take your Function is turned off.
foot off the accelerator pedal.
If the red zone is reached during acceleration, fuel Switch on intermediate throttle via the driving
feed is interrupted. program
The SPORT and TRACK driving programs can be
NOTE
configured so that the intermediate gas function is
switched on when the corresponding driving program
Risk of damage to the engine (overrevving) when is selected.
shifting to a lower gear.
For information on configuring and selecting the driv-
e Make sure not to exceed the maximum permissi- ing programs:
ble engine speed when shifting down.
g digital1
Information e Select the relevant driving program.
During the warm-up phase, the maximum speed is
limited to 7,000 rpm to protect the engine. The sym-
bol is displayed on the instrument cluster during
this time.
When the maximum engine speed is reached, a
warning message appears on the instrument cluster.
An acoustic signal also sounds.
e When accelerating or overtaking, shift up a gear
in good time before the engine speed limit is
reached.
67
Driving and Driving Assistance

Driving off with Launch Control 3. Quickly press the accelerator pedal fully and hold
Loss of control over the it down.
WARNING 🡆 The engine speed levels off above approx.
vehicle or endangering
other road users 5,000 rpm.
4. Release the clutch pedal quickly.
In some situations (poor road conditions, driver inat-
tention, etc.) control over the vehicle may be lost or Information
other road users may be endangered as a result.
If clutch slip is too high, the torque is reduced and
e Launch Control should preferably be used on Launch Control ends.
race tracks.
e Only use Launch Control on public roads if the
road and traffic conditions permit.
e Do not endanger other road users when using
Launch Control.

Information
− Optimum function is only guaranteed on dry
tracks and when the tires are at operating tem-
perature.
− Stresses on components increase significantly
when driving off at maximum acceleration com-
pared to normal driving off.

Launch Control is used to achieve maximum acceler-

ation from a standstill.

Vehicles with manual transmission

b Engine is at operating temperature.
b Traction Control (TC) switched on.
b Vehicle is on a level track.
b The electric parking brake is not actuated
1. Depress the clutch pedal fully.
2. Engage 1st gear.

68
 Driving and Driving Assistance

Lights
Brief overview – Lights
This brief overview is not a substitute for the detailed
descriptions. In particular, the brief overview is no
substitute for safety messages and warnings.

Fig. 63: Light control panel

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? Where?

Switching on automatic headlights e Press the AUTO button. g digital1

The AUTO button lights up red.
The automatic headlights and Porsche Dynamic Light System Plus (PDLS Plus) are switched on.

Switch on parking light e Press button . –

License plate light, instrument lighting, and parking light are switched on.

Switch on low beam b Ignition switched on –

e Press button .
Low beam is switched on. The automatic headlights, daytime running lights and Porsche Dynamic
Light System Plus (PDLS Plus) are switched off.

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

69
Driving and Driving Assistance

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? Where?

Switch on rear fog light e Press button . –

Switch exterior lights off completely e Press button for approx. 2 seconds. g digital1
The AUTO button goes out. The exterior lights remain completely switched off until a speed of
5 mph (10 km/h) or a distance of 330 ft. (100 m) has been exceeded.

General safety instructions
Driving without lights
WARNING
Driving without lights may significantly restrict your
visibility and also the ability of other road users to see
your vehicle.
e Carefully monitor the automatic headlights and
switch low beam on manually if necessary.
e Observe country-specific laws for driving with
low beam.
Lack of attention when – when encountering strong reflectors, e.g. road
WARNING
driving with dynamic high signs
beam or High Beam As- – if the windshield is obscured by mist, dirt, ice or
sistant stickers in the area of the camera
Despite dynamic high beam or High Beam Assistant,
it is always the driver’s responsibility to manually Responding to warning messages
adapt high beam according to light conditions, visi-
bility and traffic conditions when driving. The system
Observe any warning and information messages dis-
played in the vehicle.
is no substitute for the driver's attentiveness.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
e Drive with extreme care. sages“ on page 107.
e Always pay attention to the traffic situation and
the vehicle surroundings. Using the light functions
e If necessary, manually adjust the high beam to Adjusting Automatic Coming Home lights
the light, visibility and traffic conditions.
b Automatic headlights switched on.
Manual intervention may be necessary in the follow-
The following vehicle lights remain switched on for a
ing situations:
certain period to allow the driver to get in and out of
– in unfavorable weather conditions, such as rain, their vehicle with improved visibility in darkness:
fog, snow, ice, heavy spray
– Daytime running lights
– on roads where oncoming traffic is party hidden,
– Apron low beam (PDLS Plus)
e.g. highways
– Door courtesy lights in the folded-out exterior
– where there are poorly lit road users, e.g. cyclists
mirrors
– on narrow bends, steep crests or hollows
– Front and rear position lights
– in poorly lit built-up areas
– License plate light

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

70

They are switched off again when operational readi-
ness is switched on or the automatic headlights are
switched off.
The off delay time can be set in PCM the central
display.
e e Settings e vehicle e light and sight
e Outside light e Afterglow
Porsche Dynamic Light System Plus (PDLS)
with LED Headlights
b Automatic headlights switched on.
Dynamic cornering light
From a speed of approx. 5 km/h, the low beam
and high beam are swiveled in the direction of the
curve to better illuminate the road - depending on
the speed at which you are driving and the size of the
steering wheel.
Situational lighting distribution
Situational lighting distribution (country-dependent)
adapts the light distribution of the low beam and high
beam headlights to urban, country-road or highway
driving.
Adverse weather lights
The distribution characteristics of the low beam
changes when the rear fog light is switched on at
a speed below approx. 37 mph (60 km/h). The light
beam becomes wider and glare is reduced.
Porsche Dynamic Light System Plus (PDLS
Plus) with LED matrix headlights
b Automatic headlights switched on.
PDLS Plus with LED matrix headlights also includes
the functions of PDLS with LED headlights.
g p. 70
High beam assistant (USA only)
Fig. 64: Windshield front camera
Light sources of other road users and street lighting
can be detected by the camera A (Fig. 64) in the area
of the interior mirror.
Depending on various factors, suchas the position of
other vehicles and the speed, the system switches
from low beam to high beam and back again.
High beam is available from approx. 20 mph
(30 km/h) and up to approx. 40 mph (60 km/h).
High beam is also switched to low beam when the
camera detects street lighting.
Information
To avoid impairing the detection performance:
e Do not cover the camera area on the interior
mirror with objects (e. g. stickers).
e The camera must always be kept free of dirt, ice
and snow.
Driving and Driving Assistance
Dynamic high beam (Canada only)
Fig. 65: Windshield front camera
Light sources of other road users and street lighting
can be detected by the camera A (Fig. 65) in the
area of the interior mirror. Depending on different
factors, suchas the position of other vehicles and
speed, individual LED segments of the high beam are
switched on or off. The beam in the relevant area
in front of the vehicle is low, the rest remains high.
This ensures that the environment is lit to best effect
without dazzling other road users.
Dynamic high beam is switched on or off between 20
mph (30 km/h) and 37 mph (60 km/h) depending on
the navigation data. When the camera detects street
lighting, the light also switches from full high beam
to dipped beam.
Information
To avoid impairing the detection performance:
e Do not cover the camera area on the interior
mirror with objects (e. g. stickers).
e The camera must always be kept free of dirt, ice
and snow.
Encounter Light (Canada Only)
b No vehicle ahead.
b Oncoming traffic with detected headlights.
71
Driving and Driving Assistance
The light distribution is briefly changed so that the
lane being driven on is illuminated brightly. This
draws the direction of vision onto the lane being
driven on. The driver is less dazzled by the oncoming
traffic.
Shield glare control (Canada only)
b Dynamic high beam switched on.
Reflective traffic signs and other signs can dazzle the
driver – particularly when driving with high beam
headlights on.
The shield glare control systematically dims individ-
ual LED segments of your own headlights for a short
time. The driver is less dazzled by reflective traffic
signs and signs.
Automatic headlight calibration
b No objects in the immediate vicinity of the vehi-
cle.
b Vehicle positioned as straight as possible in front
of a projection surface, e. g. wall (distance >
16.4 ft. (5 m)).
b Dipped beam is active when the reference run
has been carried out while stationary.
Automatic headlight calibration starts automatically
provided the conditions are right (ambient lighting,
good projection surface). The LED segments of the
headlight are automatically activated and deactivated
repeatedly from right to left during calibration and are
detected by the camera A (Fig. 65).
Calibration is used to check headlight alignment and
does not replace manual headlight adjustment.
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
72
Operating turn signal and high beam lever e In order to interrupt comfort turn signals, press
the lever in the opposite direction.
Switching high beam on and off
b Vehicles without Porsche Dynamic Light System
Plus (PDLS Plus).
– or –
High beam assistant/dynamic high beam deacti-
vated.
Switch on
e Press the lever once to pressure point 3 (Fig. 66)
🡆 The indicator light lights up.
switch off
e Press the lever once to pressure point 4
(Fig. 66).
Fig. 66: Actuating turn signals, high beam and flasher 🡆 The indicator light goes out.
1 Left turn signal/parking light
Activating and deactivating the high beam assistant
2 Right turn signal/parking light
(USA only)
3 High beam, Dynamic High Beam
4 Flasher b Porsche Dynamic Light System Plus (PDLS Plus)
with LED matrix headlights
b Automatic headlights switched on.
Activating the turn signals
b High Beam Assist activated.
e Press the lever past pressure point 1 or 2
(Fig. 66). The turn signal remains active until g digital1
the lever is returned to the home position ei-
ther manually or automatically when the steering
wheel is turned.
Comfort turn signals
e Press the lever once to pressure point 1 or 2
(Fig. 66).
🡆 The turn signal lights flash three times.
 Driving and Driving Assistance

Activate Switching dynamic high beam on and off Switching off manually
e Press the lever once to pressure point 3 (Fig. 66) (Canada only) e Press the lever once to pressure point 4
b
🡆 The indicator light lights up. Depending (Fig. 66).
Applies to Porsche Dynamic Light System Plus
on various factors, such as the position of (PDLS Plus) with LED matrix headlights 🡆 The indicator light goes out.
other vehicles and the speed, the system
switches from low beam to high beam and b Automatic headlights switched on.
back again. b Dynamic high beam activated. Activating the flasher
If high beam is activated, the light indicator g digital1 e Press the lever once to pressure point 4.
comes on . 🡆 The indicator light lights up briefly.
Activate
Deactivate e Press the lever once to pressure point 3 (Fig. 66)
e Press the lever once to pressure point 4 🡆 The indicator light lights up. Depending Switching the parking light on and off
(Fig. 66). on different factors, such as the position b Ignition switched off.
🡆 Dynamic high beam can only be deactivated of other vehicles and speed, individual LED
segments of the high beam are switched on e Press the lever past pressure point 2 or 1 to
when the light indicator lights up.
or off. switch on the right or left parking light respec-
Switching on manually tively.
If high beam is activated, the light indicator
If the prerequisites for the dynamic high beam have 🡆 If the parking light is on, a message appears
comes on .
not been met, high beam can be switched on and off on the instrument cluster after the ignition is
manually. Deactivate switched off and the door is opened.

e Press the lever twice to pressure point 3 e Press the lever once to pressure point 4
(Fig. 66) (Fig. 66). Switching the emergency flasher on
🡆 The indicator light lights up. 🡆 Dynamic high beam can only be deactivated and off
when the light indicator lights up. Risk of collision
Switching off manually DANGER
Switching on manually
e Press the lever once to pressure point 4 There is a risk of collision when stopping at a danger-
(Fig. 66). If the prerequisites for the dynamic high beam have ous place.
🡆 The indicator light goes out. not been met, high beam can be switched on and off
manually. e Park the vehicle safely.
e Press the lever twice to pressure point 3 e Leave the vehicle
(Fig. 66) e Switch on the emergency flasher, and set up the
🡆 The indicator light lights up. warning triangle.

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

73
Driving and Driving Assistance

Emergency flasher following an accident Front axle lift system

The emergency flasher is activated automatically in Function
the event of an accident in which the airbag is trig-
The front axle lift system can lift the front of the
gered.
vehicle approx. 1.57 inches (40 mm) (leading edge of
the front spoiler). This helps prevent damage to the
Digitally available: bodywork, e.g., when entering underground vehicle
– Switching automatic headlights/exterior lights parks or crossing speed ramps.
on and off
– Changing bulbs Operational readiness and behavior
– The front axle lift system is can be activated
when the engine is running and the vehicle is
stationary or traveling at a speed of up to approx.
(22 mph 35 km/h) within the system limits (or
up to approx. 40 mph (60 km/h), depending on
the country).
Fig. 67: Switching the emergency flasher on and off – When the vehicle speed exceeds the system lim-
Switching the emergency flasher on and off its, the vehicle is lowered automatically back to
the normal level.
e Press the switch on the center console.
– When the vehicle is raised, the damping charac-
🡆 All turn signal lights and the switch flash. teristics on the front axle change and noises can
Deactivating the emergency flasher after emer- be heard coming from the front axle when the
gency braking steering wheel is turned.
– At temperatures below approx. 14 °F/-10 °C, it
When traveling over approx. 43 mph (70 km/h) and
may take longer to fully raise the front end of the
braking fully to a standstill, the emergency flasher is
vehicle. In addition, noise levels can be higher.
activated automatically. The brake lights flash during
braking.
e Press the emergency flasher switch on the cen-
ter console to deactivate the emergency flasher.
The emergency flasher is deactivated automati-
cally when the vehicle begins to move again.

74

Raising and lowering the front end
Raising the front end
Fig. 68: Lift system button
b Engine is running.
e Press button .
🡆 The front end is raised.
The button flashes red and a message appears
on the instrument cluster.
When the front end is fully raised:
– The button lights up red.
– A message appears on the instrument cluster.
NOTE
Risk of damage from unintentional lowering of the
front end.
When the engine is idle, the system will lower the
front end automatically after a certain time.
e The vehicle must always be lowered before it is
switched off.
Lowering the front end
b Doors are closed.
b Engine is running.
e Press button (Fig. 68).
🡆 The front end is lowered.
The button flashes red and a message appears
on the instrument cluster.
When the front end is fully lowered:
– The red light on the button goes out.
– A message appears on the instrument cluster.
Information
If a door is opened while the vehicle is being lowered,
the front end is raised again automatically.
NOTE
Risk of damage if the vehicle hits an obstacle.
e Do not lower the vehicle when positioned over an
obstacle.
Malfunctions in the lift system
Front axle lift system malfunctions are displayed on
the instrument cluster.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
sages“ on page 107.
Automatic lift function
With the automatic lift function, the front end can be
adjusted automatically depending on the location.
Driving and Driving Assistance
NOTE
The system must not induce you to take risks with
your safety. Responsibility when driving, such as
choosing an appropriate speed, remains with the
driver. The automatic lift function is not a substitute
for the driver's attentiveness.
Even when the lift is fully extended, contact with an
obstacle cannot be prevented if the driving speed is
inappropriate.
Situations may arise in which a saved location is not
recognized and the automatic lift function is not exe-
cuted.
The automatic lift function cannot be activated if the
lift system malfunctions.
e Make sure that the front end is raised when ap-
proaching taught locations.
e Drive over the obstacle at an appropriate speed.
Teaching the automatic lift function
When first approaching an obstacle, raising of the
front end must be started manually and the location
saved.
1. Press button .
2. Tap Save in the touch display.
🡆 A message confirming the saving process ap-
pears on the PCM.
Information
If there are several approach paths to an obstacle,
such as on the outward and return route, it is neces-
sary to approach the obstacle and save the location
on both journeys.
75
Driving and Driving Assistance
Information
The automatic lift positions are saved for all vehicle
user profiles and can therefore be viewed by all vehi-
cle users (no link to personalized user profiles).
e
Before selling your vehicle, remember to delete
the stored lift positions.
Executing the automatic lift function
Raising the front end automatically
b Automatic lift function activated.
b Location for automatic lift function taught.
b Driving speed within the system limits.
When approaching a saved location, the front end
is raised automatically. A message appears on the
instrument cluster.
Information
Pressing the button during the automatic lifting
process deactivates the automatic lift function. A
message appears in the touch display of the PCM.
Lowering the front end
e Press button .
– or –
Automatic at speeds above the lift system limits.
Setting the automatic lift function
The function can be activated and deactivated in the
PCM. Saved locations can be renamed or deleted.
e e Settings e Settings e Smart Lift
76
ParkAssist System limitations
General safety instructions External ultrasound waves (e.g. air brakes from other
vehicles, road sweeping machines, pneumatic ham-
Lack of attention
WARNING mers) can interfere with obstacle detection.
The system cannot detect the following:
The system must not induce you to take risks with
your safety. The driver is always responsible for tak- – Sound-absorbing obstacles (e.g. wintry condi-
ing due care. The system cannot replace the driver's tions, powder snow, clothing made from fabric,
attentiveness. hide or fur).
– Sound-reflecting obstacles (e.g. glass surfaces,
e Make sure that no persons, animals, or obstacles
flat enameled surfaces).
are within maneuvering range of the vehicle.
– Very thin obstacles (e.g. thin posts).
e When maneuvering, stop the vehicle if there are
persons or animals in the red area.
– Obstacles if the sensors or cameras are heavily
soiled or covered, e.g. by dust, dirt, snow, or ice.
Restricted detection
WARNING
ranges of sensors
Functions
Sensors do not cover all parts of the surrounding ParkAssist visually and audibly indicates to the driver
area. Persons, animals and obstacles may not be the distance between the vehicle and an obstacle
detected in this area or may only be detected to a during parking and maneuvering.
limited extent. There is a risk of injury and damage.
Obstacles behind the vehicle are displayed in the
e Always pay attention to the traffic situation and PCM using different colored fields. These fields show
the vehicle surroundings. the contour of the obstacles as well as their distance
from the vehicle.
Adverse environmental
CAUTION
conditions
In the event of adverse environmental conditions, the
system will be restricted or not available: There is a
risk of injury and damage.
e Only use the system in suitable environmental
conditions.
e Adapt your driving style to the visibility, weather,
road and traffic conditions.
 Driving and Driving Assistance

Distance measurement Activating and deactivating ParkAssist Color Rear distance

Activating ParkAssist
Orange < 71 in. (180 cm)
Activating automatically
b Operational readiness established. Red < 16 in. (40 cm)
b Reverse gear engaged.
Red plus continuous < 12 in. (30 cm)
– or –
tone
Rolling backward is detected.

Symbol Meaning
Display in PCM
Deactivate ParkAssist for the current
parking maneuver. With the renewed
engagement of the gear R. the deacti-
vation is canceled again.

Switch off the acoustic warning.

Fig. 69: Ultrasound sensors for distance measurement
For information on operating the Porsche Communi-
The ultrasound sensors A(Fig. 69) in the rear bump- cation Management (PCM):
ers measure the distance to the nearest obstacle. g Refer to chapter “ Porsche Communication Man-
A detected obstacle is reported by an intermittent agement (PCM)“ on page 103.
tone. The intervals shorten as the vehicle approaches
the obstacle. When the distance is less than approx.
12 in. (30 cm), a continuous tone sounds. Deactivating ParkAssist
Obstacles above and below the sensors cannot be Deactivating manually
detected.
e Tap in PCM .
The volume of the warning tones can be set in the Fig. 70: ParkAssist display
PCM. Deactivating automatically

g digital
1 b Vehicles with PDK: Selector lever in P position
– or –
Change from reverse gear to forward gear.

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

77
Driving and Driving Assistance
Adjusting the ParkAssist volume
e e Vehicle e Assistance e e System
assistance settings e ParkAssist
Using cameras
Rear view camera
General safety instructions
Risk of injury due to dis-
WARNING
torted display
The objects shown by the camera appear distorted.
The red marking indicates the rear of the vehicle. The
image seen via the rear view camera does not show
the entire area behind the vehicle.
e Always pay attention to the entire vehicle sur-
roundings.
e Make sure that no persons, animals, or obstacles
are within maneuvering range of the vehicle.
System limitations
The system cannot be used or can only be used to
a limited extent if the camera is heavily soiled or
covered by dust, dirt, snow or ice, for example.
Functions
The rear view camera makes it easier to monitor the
area behind the vehicle during parking maneuvers.
The image seen via the rear view camera is displayed
in the PCM.
78
Activating the rear view camera
Automatically
b Ignition switched on and reverse gear engaged.
– or –
Rolling backward is detected.
Manually
e e Vehicle e Assist e ParkAssist
Information
Guide lines are superimposed on the rear camera
view. These guide lines indicate the direction the ve-
hicle can follow with the steering wheel in the current
position. The guide lines change as the position of the
front wheels changes.
Automatically deactivating rear view camera
b Speed is higher than 9 mph (15 km/h).
– or –
Vehicles with PDK: Selector lever in position P.
Porsche Active Suspension Man-
agement (PASM)
General safety instructions
Responding to warning messages
Always heed any warning and information messages
displayed in the vehicle.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
sages“ on page 107.
Operating principle
Porsche Active Suspension Management (PASM) is
a system for the active adjustment of shock absorb-
ers. The variable shock absorber system individually
selects the relevant shock absorber stiffness for each
wheel depending on the driving situation and driving
conditions. Driving safety, agility, and comfort are
optimized.
b 911 GT3
b 911 GT3 with Touring package
Two different chassis setups can be selected by
pressing the button:
– "Chassis Sport"
– “Chassis Track”
In Sport mode, the chassis is in basic tuning for roads
and race tracks with “uneven” lanes.
Track mode offers shock absorber tuning for particu-
larly high driving dynamics (e.g., on level race tracks).
Apart from the manual mode selection, the PASM
also adjusts the shock absorber setting toward more
sporty or more comfortable depending on the driving
situation.
 Driving and Driving Assistance

The SPORT and TRACK driving programs can be con- PASM-Select mode Setting PASM via controller
figured in such a way that the “Chassis Track” is
switched on when the corresponding driving program b 911 GT3 RS
is selected. b TRACK driving program selected
For information on configuring and selecting the driv-
ing programs:
g digital1

Setting Porsche Active Suspension Man-

agement (PASM)
b 911 GT3 RS
b TRACK driving program selected Fig. 72: PASM on the steering wheel

In the TRACK driving program, the shock absorber 1. Press the PASM controller.
tuning can be set separately for the front and rear 2. Turn the controller left or right to the desired
axles via Porsche Active Suspension Management value.
(PASM).
Fig. 71: PASM button in the switch panel
The pressure (compression) and rebound stage (re-
bound) can be configured individually here: 1. Switch on ignition.
Compression: 2. Press button (repeatedly).
+ harder chassis, more direct response. – The button does not light up red: “Chassis
- softer chassis, better compensation for road un- Sport” (default setting).
evenness. – The button lights up red: Select “Chassis
Rebound: Track”.
+ faster, direct re-compression of the shock absorb- Information
ers.
The last selected chassis tuning setting remains ef-
- slower, more comfortable re-cushioning of the
fective even after the ignition is switched off.
shock absorbers.

Responding to warning message

Faults in the PASM are displayed on the instrument
cluster.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
sages“ on page 107.
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

79
Driving and Driving Assistance
Porsche Stability Management
(PSM)
General safety instructions
Loss of control over the
WARNING
vehicle
PSM does not reduce the risk of accidents owing to
an inappropriate driving speed.
The increased safety provided should not induce you
to take greater risks with your safety. The limits set
by the laws of driving physics cannot be overcome,
even with PSM.
e Despite the advantages of the PSM, the driver
remains responsible for adapting the driving
style and maneuvers to the road and weather
conditions, as well as the traffic situation.
Responding to warning messages
Always heed any warning and information messages
displayed in the vehicle.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
sages“ on page 107.
Description of functions
Porsche Stability Management (PSM) is an active
control system for stabilizing the vehicle in extreme
driving situations. It is automatically activated when
the engine starts. This PSM includes the anti-lock
braking system (ABS), engine drag torque control
(MSR), traction control (TC) and the driving stability
controller (ESC), as well as the functions of hydraulic
brake assist (HBA) and automatic brake differential
(ABD).
80
e Always leave PSM switched on during "normal"
driving operation. This is especially true when
the road is wet.
The events below inform the driver of the PSM con-
trol operations:
– The PSM warning light in the instrument
cluster flashes
– Hydraulic noises can be heard
– Vehicle deceleration and a change in steering
wheel forces through targeted brake intervention
– Engine power is reduced.
– Pulsing brake pedal and changes in brake pedal
position when braking. To achieve full vehicle de-
celeration, the foot pressure must be increased
after the brake pedal starts to pulse.
Automatic brake differential (ABD)
If one wheel on a driven axle starts to spin, it is
braked so that the other wheel on the same axle can
be driven.
Traction control (TC)
Anti-slip regulation prevents wheels from spinning
through targeted adjustment of drive power, thereby
ensuring good lane-holding and stable handling.
Engine drag torque control (EDTC)
In the event of excessive slip, engine drag torque
control prevents all the driven wheels from locking
up during overrun. This also applies to downshifts on
slippery road surfaces.
Setting electronic stability control (ESC)
and traction control (TC)
b 911 GT3 RS
b TRACK driving program selected
Stability and traction control can be set in the TRACK
driving program.
Depending on the selected ESC setting (ON/DYN/
OFF), the available settings range of the traction con-
trol system varies.
TC:
+ earlier control interventions of the traction control.
- later control interventions of the traction control.
Electronic stability control has three modes:
– ESC ON: Available TC setting range between 4
and 7
– ESC DYN: Available TC adjustment range be-
tween 2 and 7
– ESC OFF: complete deactivation of TC possible
Operate PSM
Turn off Porsche Stability Management
(PSM)
Lack of PSM-support
WARNING
When PSM is switched off, the support provided by
PSM is absent in critical driving situations outside the
ABS control range.
e Always leave PSM switched on during "normal"
driving operation.
In exceptional situations however, it may be advan-
tageous to temporarily switch off Porsche Stability
Management (PSM):

– On loose ground and deep snow
– When rocking the vehicle free
Porsche Stability Management (PSM) can be
switched off in two stages:
– Stage 1 ESC OFF:
Switch off ESC lateral dynamics control.
– Stage 2 ESC/TC OFF:
Also switch off longitudinal dynamics control TC.
The TRACK travel program can be configured so that
ESC or ESC+TC is turned off when the travel program
is selected.
For information on configuring and selecting the driv-
ing programs:
g digital1
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Driving and Driving Assistance
Switch off electronic stability control Switch on electronic stability control
e Press the button.
🡆 ESC is immediately active.
The light indicator on the button and the
Porsche Stability Management (PSM) OFF
warning light on the instrument cluster
go out. A message stating that the ESC
is switched on appears on the instrument
cluster.
Switch off electronic stability control and
traction control
Fig. 73: ESC OFF button in the switch panel
b Indicator light for ESC/TC off button off.
e Press the button.
🡆 After a short delay, the ESC is turned
off. The light indicator on button and the
Porsche Stability Management (PSM) OFF
warning light in the instrument cluster come
on. A message appears on the instrument
cluster to turn off ESC. An acoustic signal
also sounds.
Information
Fig. 74: ESC/TC OFF button in the switch panel
− The ESC brake interventions are deactivated.
− ABS remains switched on.
81
Driving and Driving Assistance
e Press and hold the button for approx. 10
seconds.
The ESC and TC are switched off completely.
The light indicator on button and the PSM OFF
warning light TC come on the instrument cluster.
A warning message appears on the instrument
cluster about the turned off ESC/TC. An acoustic
signal also sounds.
Information
− All Porsche Stability Management (PSM) func-
tions are deactivated.
− ABS remains switched on.
− If the Porsche Stability Management (PSM) is
deactivated directly using the ESC+TC OFF but-
ton, the light indicator on the ESC OFF button
also lights up
Switch on electronic stability control and
traction control
e Press the button.
🡆 The Porsche Stability Management (PSM) is
immediately active.
The light indicator on the button and the
Porsche Stability Management (PSM) OFF
and TC OFF warning light on the instrument
cluster go out.
A message stating that the ESC and TC
are switched on appears on the instrument
cluster.
82
Information
When Porsche Stability Management (PSM) is
switched off, the TC can be switched on separately:
e Press the button.
The TC is immediately active. The light indica-
tor on the button and the TC OFF warning
light on the instrument cluster go out. The ESC
remains switched off.
Set electronic stability control and traction
control via controller
b 911 GT3 RS
b TRACK driving program selected
Fig. 75: TC ESC controller on steering wheel
1. Press controller TC ESC.
2. Turn the controller left or right to the desired
value.
Digitally available:
– ABS brake system (anti-lock brake system)
Porsche Torque Vectoring
Setting Porsche Torque Vectoring Plus
(PTV+)
b 911 GT3 RS
b TRACK driving program selected
Operating principle
The Porsche Torque Vectoring Plus (PTV+) includes
the transverse dynamic braking interventions for
more agile cornering and the fully variable, electroni-
cally controlled rear axle differential lock. PTV+ can
be adapted to track conditions and tire wear.
In the TRACK driving program, PTV+ can be set via
the controller:
Coast:
+ increased stability, especially when cornering.
- increased agility, especially when cornering.
Power:
+ improved traction.
- reduction in understeer tendency in the center of
the bend.
Setting PTV+
Fig. 76: PTV+ on steering wheel

1. Press the PTV+ controller.
2. Turn the controller left or right to the desired
value.
Information
TC/ESC cannot be set in the PTV+ menu.
1. Available in some countries.
Porsche Vehicle Tracking System
(PVTS)
Operating principle and functions
Operating principle
PVTS is a GSM/GPS-based tracking system that al-
lows a Security Operating Center (SOC) to locate the
vehicle if it is stolen. It can then be found by the
authorities.
Information
On vehicles with the Porsche Connect smartphone
app or Car Connect1 On vehicles with the Porsche
Connect or smartphone app, some PVTS Plus set-
tings can be implemented directly using the app or at
www.porsche.com/connect.
Detailed information on installation, the functions
and management of the contract is available at:
www.porsche.com/connect.
Functions
The vehicle will only be only located in the event
of theft. In this event, a notification is sent to the
cellphone number provided. For security reasons, the
position of the vehicle is not communicated in the
notification.
e
Contact the PVTS Security Operating Center
(SOC) if your vehicle is stolen. In addition, report
the theft to the relevant police authority.
Driving and Driving Assistance
The following alarms can be set:
– Unauthorized movement of the vehicle: The
vehicle is moved with operational readiness
switched off. For vehicles with a Driver Card: The
vehicle is moved without the Driver Card in it.
– Sabotage: PVTS has been illicitly tampered with.
– Intrusion alarm: The alarm system was triggered
and has been active for more than 15 seconds.
Information
− There is no guarantee that a theft will be de-
tected under all circumstances.
− The PVTS alarm can be triggered even if the
vehicle battery is discharged.
Information
− If the vehicle has been stolen, the PVTS Security
Operating Center (SOC) can prevent the drive
from starting.
− On vehicles with the Porsche Connect smart-
phone app or Car Connect1 On vehicles with the
My Porsche smartphone app, access to the vehi-
cle using the app is blocked in the event of theft.
Scope of supply and initial activation
PVTS is tested by the authorized Porsche Partner and
activated together with the vehicle owner.
After activation, the vehicle owner will receive impor-
tant documents, such as the phone number of the
local PVTS and the service provider.
For detailed information on activation, please visit:
www.porsche.com/connect or contact a Porsche
Partner.
83
Driving and Driving Assistance

Transport and service mode

Transport
Transport mode must be activated when transporting
the vehicle (e.g. on a ferry).
If the vehicle is not transported in transport mode,
the system may trigger a false alarm, which is also
subject to charge (further information is available at
www.porsche.com/connect).

Activating and deactivating transport mode

e Contact the PVTS Security Operating Center
(SOC) before transporting the vehicle and when
you have finished transporting the vehicle.
– or –
Via the Porsche Connect or Car Connect smart-
phone app or at www.porsche.com/connect be-
fore and after transporting the vehicle.

Service
PVTS must be set to service mode in the following
situations:
– During customer service (e.g., for regular servic-
ing)
– When the vehicle battery is disconnected
If the vehicle is not serviced in service mode, the sys-
tem may trigger a false alarm that you may be billed
for (further information at www.porsche.com/con-
nect).

Activating and deactivating service mode

1. Contact the Security Operating Center (SOC) be-
fore and after the vehicle is serviced.
2. During servicing, inform your authorized Porsche
dealer that the vehicle is equipped with PVTS.

84
 Driving and Driving Assistance

Windshield wipers
Brief overview
This brief overview does not replace the comprehen-
sive descriptions provided in the "Radio" chapter.
In particular, the brief overview is no substitute for
safety messages and warnings.

Fig. 78: Switch for rain sensor/intermittent operation

sensitivity

Fig. 77: Windshield wiper lever

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? Where?

Automatic front wiping (rain sensor/intermittent e Press the lever to position 1 once. p. 86
operation)

Switch for rain sensor/intermittent operation sensi- e Adjust switch A on the right of the lever upward p. 86
tivity (wipe more often) or downward (wipe less of-
ten).

85
Driving and Driving Assistance

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? Where?

Wipe front e Slow Press the lever to position 2 once. p. 86

e Fast Press the lever to position 3 once.
e Once: Push lever to position 4 (holding lever in
position 4 accelerates wiping action).

Spray and wipe e Pull and hold the lever to the steering wheel in p. 86
position 5.

Windshield wiper service position e Switch off the ignition and press the wiper lever p. 86
Attaching windshield snow covers or sun shades or downward once in position 4. The windshield
replacing wiper blades wipers move upward through approx. 90°.

General safety instructions Responding to warning messages Operating front windshield wipers
Unintentional wiping Always heed any warning and information messages
WARNING
displayed in the vehicle.
Risk of injury when cleaning the windshield. In rain g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
sensor mode, the windshield wipers wipe automati- sages“ on page 107.
cally when water is detected on the windshield.
e Switch off the windshield wipers before cleaning
the windshield.

NOTE

Risk of damage to the hood, windshield and wiper

system.
e Only wipe the windshield when sufficiently wet,
otherwise it could become scratched.
e Carefully detach frozen wiper blades from the
windshield before driving. Fig. 79: Windshield wiper lever
e Always switch off windshield wipers in car
washes to prevent them from wiping uninten-
tionally (rain sensor mode).

86

0 Windshield wipers
When the windshield wipers or operational readi-
ness are switched off, the wipers move up slightly
from their rest position so that the wiping edges
are aligned correctly.
1 Rain sensor/intermittent operation, windshield
wipers
e Move wiper lever up to the first stop.
2 Windshield wipers slow
e Press wiper lever up to the second stop.
3 Windshield wipers fast
e Press wiper lever up to the third stop.
4 Windshield wipers - one-touch operation
e Move wiper lever downward.
The windshield wipers carry out one wiping
cycle.
5 Windshield wiper and washer system
e Pull wiper lever toward the steering wheel.
When the wiper lever is released, a few drying
wipes are performed.
Information
e If extremely soiled, repeat the cleaning process.
e Persistent dirt (e.g. insect remains) should be
removed regularly.
Windshield wiper blades in perfect condition are vital
for ensuring a clear view.
g digital1
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Setting the wiper speed
Fig. 80: Switch for rain sensor/intermittent operation
In vehicles without a rain sensor, the wiper speed of
the windshield wipers can be adjusted in 4 settings:
Reducing wiper speed
e Move switch A upward.
🡆 The setting is confirmed by one wipe of the
windshield.
Increasing wiper speed
e Move switch A downward.
Setting rain sensor operation
The amount of rain on the windshield is measured in
vehicles featuring a rain sensor. The wiper speed is
automatically adjusted accordingly.
Driving and Driving Assistance
At a driving speed below approx. 2.5 mph (4 km/h),
rain sensor operation is activated automatically when
the windshield wipers are switched on.
After exceeding a speed of approx. 5 mph (8 km/h),
the system switches to the preselected wiper setting.
Information
− If the wiper lever is already in position 1 when
the ignition is switched on, the rain sensor re-
mains activated at speeds above approx. 2.5
mph (4 km/h).
− If the wiper lever is already in position 2 or 3
when the ignition is switched on, the windshield
wiper remains switched off until the wiper lever
is moved.
Information
Opening the luggage compartment lid stops the
wiper.
e To switch on the wiper again, press the wind-
shield wiper lever upward/downward.
Adjusting rain sensor sensitivity manually
The wiper speed can be adjusted manually:
e Press switch A upward – high sensitivity.
🡆 The setting is confirmed by one wipe of the
windshield.
e Press switch A downward – low sensitivity.
Wiper blades
NOTE
87
Driving and Driving Assistance
If the wiper arms accidentally fall back onto the
windshield, they can damage the windshield.
e Always hold the wiper arms securely when re-
placing the wiper blades.
NOTE
The windshield wipers can freeze at low tempera-
tures.
e Thaw and release frozen windshield wipers be-
fore driving.
Replace wiper blades
The wiper blades should be replaced twice a year
(before and after the cold season), if wiper perform-
ance deteriorates or if they are damaged.
Incorrectly secured wiper
CAUTION
blades
If the wiper blades are not changed properly, they can
become detached when driving.
e The wiper blades must engage properly in the
wiper arm.
e Check that the wiper blades are seated securely.
88
Replacing windshield wiper blades Spoilers
Extend wiper General safety instructions
b Ignition switched off. Extendable rear spoiler/Active Aerody-
1. Press the wiper lever down once (position 4). namic
🡆 The windshield wipers move upward b 911 GT3 with Touring package
through approx. 90°.
b 911 GT3 RS
2. Change the wiper blades according to the sepa-
Failure of the extendible
rate manufacturer's installation instructions. Pay WARNING
rear spoiler/Active Aero-
attention to the differing lengths of the wiper
dynamic
blades!
Driving stability is impaired at higher speeds by the
Retract wiper increased uplift on the rear axle.
b Operational readiness established. e Adapt your driving style and speed to the altered
e Press the wiper lever down for at least 2 seconds vehicle handling.
(position 4). e Have the fault rectified at an authorized Porsche
🡆 The windshield wipers return to their initial dealer.
position.
Porsche recommends an authorized Porsche
Information dealer, as they have trained technicians and the
necessary parts and tools.
If necessary, visit an authorized Porsche dealer to
Retracting and extending
have this work carried out. Porsche recommends an CAUTION
authorized Porsche dealer, as they have trained tech- the rear spoiler/adjusta-
nicians and the necessary parts and tools. ble wing elements
When the rear spoiler is manually extended or re-
tracted while the vehicle is stationary, body parts
can become trapped between the moving spoiler and
stationary vehicle parts.
e Make sure that no persons or objects are within
the range of movement of the rear spoiler.
NOTE
Risk of damage to the rear spoiler.
 Driving and Driving Assistance

e Never pull or push the vehicle by the rear spoiler. Activate Dynamic Downforce
e Retract the rear spoiler before using an auto-
e Activate Dynamic Downforce mode via the PCM
matic car wash.
or the mode switch.
🡆 Dynamic Downforce mode is activated.
Extending and retracting rear spoiler Depending on the driving situation, DRS
ready/DRS not ready appears in the instru-
Manually extending and retracting ment cluster.

e e Vehicle e Select Spoiler extended .

Activate DRS
Spoiler is extended.
Spoiler is retracted. b Dynamic Downforce mode selected
b Speed >9 mph (15 km/h)
Porsche Active Aerodynamic b DRS ready display in instrument cluster
b 911 GT3 RS
Information Fig. 81: Rear wing setting
After the ignition is switched on, the NORMAL driv-
ing program is automatically selected. The vehicle is The PCM or the mode switch can be used to select
in Low Downforce mode by default in the NORMAL between two modes:
driving program. – Low Downforce: The rear wing and front wing
elements are in a position that offer a compro-
mise between downforce and aerodynamics. In
the event of full braking, the system automati-
cally switches to maximum output for the dura-
tion of the braking.
– Dynamic Downforce: Dynamic Downforce auto-
matically adjusts the angle of engagement of the
rear wing and front wing elements. Automatic
control is performed here for maximum possible
longitudinal and lateral dynamics. In addition, the Fig. 82: DRS button on steering wheel
short-term DRS button can be used to switch to
Low Downforce. e Press DRS button.
🡆 Low Downforce mode is activated. DRS ac-
tive appears on the instrument cluster.

89
Driving and Driving Assistance

Deactivate DRS Cruise Digitally available:

e Press DRS button. General safety instructions – Displays and controls
Unsafe traffic situations – Switching cruise control readiness on
- or - WARNING
and unfavorable road con- – Activating cruise control
Press the brake pedal.
ditions – Operating cruise control
🡆 DRS is deactivated. Depending on the driving
situation, DRS ready/DRS not ready appears in Using cruise control can lead to an accident if the
the instrument cluster. prevailing traffic situation does not allow you to drive
at a sufficient distance and constant speed.
Digitally available: e Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic, on
– Operating principle winding stretches of road or in unfavorable road
conditions (e.g. wintery conditions, wet roads,
varying road surfaces).

Responding to warning messages

Always heed any warning and information messages
displayed in the vehicle.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
sages“ on page 107.

Operating principle
Cruise Control keeps the selected speed constant in
the range of approx. 19 mph - 149 mph (30 km/h
– 240 km/h) without the accelerator pedal having to
be depressed.
Information
− Vehicle with PDK
Automatic downshifting and active braking inter-
ventions are automatically performed to be able
to better maintain the preselected speed (espe-
cially when driving downhill).
− Vehicles with manual transmission
Cruise control operation is not interrupted when
the clutch pedal is pressed while changing gears.

90
 Driving and Driving Assistance

Traffic Sign Recognition WARNING

Failure of camera to de- Information
tect traffic signs
General safety instructions If the camera does not detect a traffic sign, the
The camera view can be impaired by different influ- speed limit stored in the navigation is automatically
Traffic sign recognition is available depending on the encing factors (e.g. rain, snow, ice, heavy water spray,
country. displayed.
oncoming headlights, reflections, dirt, damage).
In some circumstances, the camera may not recog-
WARNING
Lack of attention Responding to warning messages
nize traffic signs or may recognize them incorrectly,
which will result in a speed limit or bend ahead warn- Always heed any warning and information messages
Responsibility when driving, e.g. Responsibility when ing not being displayed or being displayed incorrectly. displayed in the vehicle.
driving, such as choosing an appropriate speed, re- Traffic signs always take precedence. g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
mains with the driver. The system does not replace sages“ on page 107.
the driver's attentiveness. e Always pay attention to traffic signs.

e e Drive with extreme care.

Drive with extreme care.
e Always pay attention to the traffic situation and
the vehicle surroundings.
e Adjust driving speed to road conditions.
e Always keep your eyes on the road ahead.
e Clean the camera lens regularly and keep it free
of snow and ice.
e Do not cover the camera lens and check it for
damage at regular intervals.
Operating principle
Traffic sign recognition can detect speed restrictions,
as well as the start and end of no overtaking zones.
The traffic signs are evaluated in conjunction with the
camera A and the map data stored in the navigation
system and displayed in the instrument cluster.

System limitations Digitally available:

Traffic sign recognition is available to a limited extent – Displays
in the following cases, for example: – Speed limit warning
– Camera heavily soiled, iced-up or covered (e.g.
stickers)
– Unfavorable weather conditions (e.g. heavy rain)
– covered or damaged traffic signs
To avoid impairing the detection performance of the
camera:
– Do not cover the camera area on the interior
mirror A with objects (e.g. stickers).
– The camera must always be kept free of dirt, ice
and snow.
g digital1

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

91
Driving and Driving Assistance

Warn and Brake Assist
(911 GT3/911 GT3 with Touring
Package)
General safety instructions
System unavailable or
WARNING
only available to a limited
extent
The system supports the driver within the system
limitations but cannot prevent an accident under all
circumstances.
The driver is ultimately responsible for reacting ap-
propriately to prevent an accident.
e Drive with extreme care.
e Always pay attention to the traffic situation and
the vehicle surroundings.
e Always be prepared to take control of the vehicle
if the system becomes unavailable or does not
function as expected.
System limitations
Within the system limitations, the system can warn
against impending frontal collisions and initiate ap-
propriate braking maneuvers (depending on the
country). Not all road users and hazardous conditions
can be detected correctly and in time.
The side areas of the vehicle and the rear are not
monitored.
In complex driving situations, the system may issue
undesired warnings and perform undesired braking
interventions.
Depending on the hazardous condition detected, not
all protection measures of Warning and Brake Assist
are triggered.
The system is available from walking speed and can
react to pedestrians or cyclists up to a speed of ap-
prox. 53 mph (85 km/h). It can react to vehicles up
to a speed of 156 mph (250 km/h).
The system does not react to animals, cross traffic,
and objects such as poles, fences or rail vehicles.
This function is not available:
– When driving backward
– If brake lights are defective
– If there is a fault in the Porsche Stability Man-
agement (PSM) or if the Porsche Stability Man-
agement (PSM) is switched off
– If there is a fault in the airbag control unit
The function may be restricted or unavaila-
ble in the following instances:
– Up to 10 seconds after switching on the ignition.
– If the seat belts are not fastened
– In sharp bends
– When encountering reflective objects such as
crash barriers or entering a tunnel
– In heavy rain, snowfall, fog and ice
– when windshield is mist-up
– If the windshield is damaged
– If the windshield is heavily soiled (in the area of
the front camera)
Responding to warning messages
Always heed any warning and information messages
displayed in the vehicle.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
sages“ on page 107.
Operating principle
The Warn and Brake Assist can initiate actions in
certain hazardous situations to protect passengers
and other road users.
The Warn and Brake Assist has the following func-
tions, depending on the country:
– Collision warning
– Braking jolt
– Automatic braking and braking assistance
The camera behind the windshield detects the area
ahead of the vehicle. The threat of a frontal collision
with road users (vehicles, pedestrians or cyclists) can
be detected.
Information
e Always drive according to the regulations that
apply in each country, particularly with regard
to vehicle handling, distance from the vehicle in
front, speed, etc. The driver is always responsible
for complying with the relevant regulations that
apply in each country.
e Observe the instructions for switching off Warn
and Brake Assist.
e Observe the information on the settings of the
functions.
g digital1

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

92

g digital1
Collision warning2
Fig. 85: Collision warning on the instrument cluster
If the system detects a possible collision, it can warn
the driver by issuing a warning tone and displaying a
warning on the instrument cluster.
Braking jolt2
If the driver does not respond to the collision warning,
a warning jolt is performed in addition to the warning
tone and display of the symbol on the instrument
cluster. With the warning jolt, the system draws at-
tention to the increasing danger of collision. Even
with this warning, the driver may still have to swerve
or brake sharply in order to avoid a collision.
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
2. Available in some countries.
Driving and Driving Assistance
Automatic braking and braking assistance2
If the driver does not respond to the warning jolt or
does not brake sufficiently, Warn and Brake Assist
can assist the driver with braking by progressively
increasing braking force or braking the vehicle to a
standstill.
In addition, a warning tone is emitted and a symbol
appears on the instrument cluster. Reducing the ve-
hicle speed can help to mitigate the consequences of
a potential accident.
Information
Automatic braking interventions can be aborted with
the following measures:
e Press the brake pedal.
e Depress the accelerator fully.
e Steer actively.
Information
Once the vehicle has reached a standstill, it is not
held constantly by the brake system.
e Press brake as necessary and resume control of
the vehicle.
Digitally available:
– Switching Warn and Brake Assist on and off
– Setting the functions of Warn and Brake Assist
93
Display and input

Display and input

Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster overview

Fig. 86: Instrument cluster

The instrument cluster offers two different views.
The classic view with extensive setting options and
the track view with a reduction to the essentials.
g Refer to chapter “Instrument cluster display con-
tents “ on page 98.
Using the tube menu
You can toggle between tubes and select menu op-
tions using the multifunction steering wheel.
g Refer to chapter “Operating the instrument clus-
ter“ on page 96.
A – Speed & Assist display
In the classic view, information about time, outside
temperature, speed, kilometers/miles per day, navi-
gation and assistance systems is displayed in tubes 1
and 2.

94

In the track view, information about tire pressure,
coolant temperature and kilometers/mileage per day
is displayed in the Speed & Assist display.
To set the Speed & Assist display in the classic view:
g digital1
For information on the track view:
g Refer to chapter “Instrument cluster display con-
tents “ on page 98.
B – Tachometer
The start of the red area on the tachometer scale
is an optical warning sign for the highest permitted
speed.
In the track view, an upshift display appears next to
the tachometer to the left and right (on vehicles with
PDC only in selector lever position M).
C – Digital speedometer/Power & Drive dis-
play
The digital speedometer displays information on the
speed, selector lever position and engaged gear.
D – Car & Info display
In the classic view, information on the driving pro-
gram, vehicle status, navigation and driver support is
displayed in tubes 4 and 5.
In the track view, information about oil tempera-
ture/oil pressure, fuel level/remaining range and
driving program is displayed in the Speed & Assist
display.
To set the Car & Info display in the classic view:
g digital1
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
For information on the track view:
g Refer to chapter “Instrument cluster display con-
tents “ on page 98.
Fuel gage
NOTE
A lack of fuel can damage the emission control sys-
tem.
e Never drive the tank dry.
e If the remaining range warning has appeared, do
not take bends at high speed.
If the vehicle’s inclination changes (e.g., driving uphill
or downhill), minor deviations may occur on the fuel
gauge.
Fuel reserve warning
If the fuel level falls below a defined remaining range,
a warning message is displayed.
e Refuel at the next opportunity.
g Refer to chapter “Refueling“ on page 172.
Information
The remaining range display is based on the previous
fuel consumption and shows the remaining range
with consistent handling and driving profile. Modified
driving style, steep gradients and operation on urban
short distances or with a cold engine can have a sig-
nificant influence on the achievable remaining range.
Display and input
Identification for location of filler flap
The arrow in classic view points toward the
side of the vehicle on which the filler cap is
located.
Display coolant temperature gage
NOTE
Excessive coolant temperature can cause engine
damage.
If the coolant temperature is too high, the coolant
temperature gauge moves to the maximum mark.
A warning message is displayed on the instrument
cluster. The warning light lights or blinks.
e If the red zone is reached, stop when it is safe to
do so and switch off the engine. Do not continue
driving.
Bar in the left – engine cold area
e Avoid high engine speeds and heavy engine load.
Pointer in the middle – normal operating tempera-
ture
e Pointer may move up to the red area when the
engine is heavily loaded and outside temperature
is high.
95
Display and input

Pointer in the red area – operating temperature D – Play next station/track

too high
e Press the button D (Fig. 87).
e If the coolant level is low, warning signals may
appear if the vehicle tilts at an extreme angle
E – Scrolling to and select menus and
(e. g., steep slopes) or generates high lateral
acceleration while negotiating long bends (e. g., functions in the Speed & Assist 1 and
circular course driving). If the warnings do not Car & Info 2 displays
e
disappear once the vehicle has assumed "nor-
Scrolling: Turn rotary push button E (Fig. 87) up
mal" operating conditions, check the coolant
or down.
level.
e Select/enter: Press rotary push button E
g Refer to chapter “Coolant“ on page 137. (Fig. 87).

Operating the instrument cluster F – Switch between operation of Speed &

Setting and operating Assist 1 and Car & Info 2 display
WARNING
while driving
e Press button F (Fig. 87).
Configuring settings and operating the multi-func- Fig. 87: Operating the instrument cluster with multi-function
steering wheel Information
tion steering wheel, infotainment system, etc. while
driving can distract you from the traffic situation. You In Track View, the F (Fig. 87) button does not func-
may lose control of the vehicle. A – Adjust volume and mute audio source tion.
e Only operate these components while driving if e Adjust volume: Turn rotary push button A
the traffic situation allows. (Fig. 87) up or down. G – Skipping back one or several selection
e If in doubt, stop when it is safe to do so. Only e Mute: Press rotary push button A (Fig. 87). levels in the Car & Info 2 display
perform extensive operations and adjustments
while the vehicle is at a standstill. e Press button G (Fig. 87).
B – Opening voice control
The instrument cluster is only ready for operation e Press button B (Fig. 87). H –Accept phone call
when the ignition is switched on. For safety reasons,
some functions are only available when the vehicle is e Press button H (Fig. 87).
Opening a saved function C–
stationary.
b
Assign quick access button
b 911 GT3 911 GT3 RS
e Button C (Fig. 87) (◊ button). The button on the
b 911 GT3 with Touring package steering wheel and in the switch panel can be
assigned individually.
g digital1

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

96
 Display and input

C – Sport Chrono Stopwatch H – Start lap time

e Press button C (Fig. 88) to start the Sport e Press button H (Fig. 88).
Chrono Stopwatch.
Selection of options and activation of func-
D – Open voice control tions
e Press the button D (Fig. 88). An icon precedes whether an option is selected or a
function is activated.
E – Scrolling to and select menus and Select one of several options
functions in the Speed & Assist 1 and Option is selected.
Car & Info 2 displays Option is not selected.
Activating and deactivating the function
e Scrolling: Turn rotary push button E (Fig. 88) up
or down. The function is activated.
Function deactivated.
e Select/enter: Press rotary push button E
(Fig. 88). Adapting view in the instrument cluster
Fig. 88: Operating the instrument cluster with multi-function
steering wheel Four fields can be assigned with different vehicle in-
F – Switch between operation of formation by pressing, holding, and moving. One item
A – Adjust volume and mute audio source Speed & Assist 1 and Car & Info 2 display of vehicle information cannot be assigned to several
fields.
e Adjust volume: Turn rotary push but- e Press button F (Fig. 88).
ton A(Fig. 88) up or down. Information e e Settings Displays e Instrument clus-
e Mute: Press rotary push button A(Fig. 88). ter e Customized view
In Track View, the F (Fig. 88) button does not func-
tion. The user-defined view can then be selected in the
B – Porsche Active Aerodynamic instrument cluster.
e Press button B (Fig. 88). G – Skipping back one or several selection e Vehicle e view e Custom
e Refer to chapter “Porsche Active Aerody- levels in the Car & Info 2 display
namic“ on page 89.
e Press button G (Fig. 88).

97
Display and input

Fig. 89: Instrument cluster display contents

Instrument cluster display contents

Certain displays are only available when the vehicle is stationary.
Not all functions are explained in detail in this manual. The examples will help you recognize the functions and the menu structure.

Classic view

Tube Display What can I do?/What is displayed? Where?

1 e Clock, outside temperature, date Display digital clock or analog clock, g digital1
outside temperature and date. The se-
lection of the display can be set via
the PCM.

1 e Compass Display compass. –

2 e Speedometer Display the speedometer. –

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

98
 Display and input

Classic view

Tube Display What can I do?/What is displayed? Where?

2 e
Odometer and trip Counter
Display the odometer and trip counter. –
The trip counter reverts to "0" after ex-
ceeding 6,213 miles or 9,999 kilome-
ters.
Reset trip odometer
In classic view:
e Right knob on the multifunction
steering wheel E. (Fig. 87) press
and hold.
The trip counter flashes. After the
third flash, the trip counter reverts
to "0".

2 e Traffic signs Display up to 3 current traffic signs. g p. 91

2 e Navigation Display and select navigation informa- g p. 114

tion (turn-off messages, etc.).

4 e Phone Use connected phone. g p. 117

4 e Vehicle Display vehicle information (notifica- g p. 102

tions, service intervals and fill levels).

4 e Trip Display and reset driving data (aver- g p. 98

age fuel consumption, remaining range,
driving time, etc.).

4/5 e Map Display and adjust the map display. g p. 114

4 e Sport Chrono Stop measuring times with the stop- g digital1

watch.

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

99
Display and input

Classic view

Tube Display What can I do?/What is displayed? Where?

4 e G-Force Display the current and maximum longi- –

tudinal and lateral acceleration forces in
the form of a circular diagram and reset
them.

4 e Tire pressure Display tire pressure monitoring system. g p. 149

4 e Performance Display power and torque. –

4 e Gear shift assist Display gear shift assist for perform- g p. 66

ance-oriented driving in vehicles with
manual transmission.

4 e Driving program Display and configure the selected drive g digital1

program.

4 e Track Display track view. g p. 100

5 e Fuel level indicator and range Display fuel level and range. –

5 e Display coolant temperature Display coolant temperature. –

5 e Kilometers to destination Display kilometers to destination (with –

active route guidance).

Track view
The track view is designed for motorsport use and
reduces the display to the essentials.
The SPORT and TRACK driving programs can be con- g digital1
figured in such a way that the track view is switched
on when the corresponding driving program is se-
lected.
For information on configuring and selecting the driv-
ing programs:

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

100

Fig. 90: Track view (911 GT3, 911 GT3 with Touring
package)
Fig. 91: Track view (911 GT3 RS)
b 911 GT3
b 911 GT3 with Touring package
In the display Speed & Assist A (Fig. 90)information
on tire pressure, coolant temperature and kilome-
ters/trip kilometers is displayed. This display cannot
be set individually.
b 911 GT3 RS
In the display Speed & Assist A (Fig. 91)information
on tire pressure and kilometers/trip kilometers is dis-
played. This display cannot be set individually.
In the Car & Info C (Fig. 91)information on oil
temperature/oil pressure, fuel level/remaining range,
outside temperature and driving program is dis-
played. The rotary knob in the right steering wheel
spoke of the multifunction steering wheel can be
used to switch to the Chrono, Performance or G-
Force menus or to switch to the classic view.
Information
The track view is retained even after the ignition is
switched off.
Reset trip odometer
In the track view:
e In the instrument cluster menu, select Reset
daily km.
Drive with gear shift assist
b Instrument cluster in track view.
b Vehicles with manual transmission.
– or –
Vehicles with PDC: Selector lever position M
An upshift indicator B is shown to the left and right
of the tachometer to support performance-oriented
driving. The gear shift assist visualizes a prompt to
the driver to upshift to the next highest gear with
a pre-indication as the yellow segments fill up. As
a request to shift into the next higher gear, shortly
before the maximum speed is reached, all segments
are shown flashing blue.
Display and input
Drive with gear shift assist
Fig. 92: Example gear shift assist/next gear
b Instrument cluster in classic view.
b Vehicles with manual transmission.
e Gear shift assist
An upshift indicator is displayed to help with per-
formance-oriented driving. The gear shift assist visu-
alizes a prompt to the driver to upshift to the next
highest gear with a pre-indication as the segments
fill up. The segment color changes in sequence from
white to yellow to red.
As a request to shift into the next higher gear, shortly
before the maximum speed is reached, a + sign is
shown next to the display of the gear that is engaged
and all segments are shown flashing blue.
Setting a personal speed limit with speed
warning
If a personal speed limit with a speed warning in the
PCM set and activated, a warning message appears
in the instrument cluster and a warning signal sounds
if the limit is exceeded.
For example, the function can be used as a reminder
of the maximum speed permitted for a particular type
of tire that has been fitted.
101
Display and input

Select personal speed limit in the PCM.

1. e Settings e Assistance systems e

Personal speed limits
2. Select Limit 1 or Limit 2.
To set the speed: Select and set the desired
speed.
🡆 When the speed limit is activated, Speed & As-
sist, the selected speed is displayed as a red
marker in the instrument cluster.
Speed limit activated.
Speed limit deactivated.

Display vehicle information.

Display various vehicle information.
e Vehicle e View e Vehicle
Select the desired view of the vehicle information.

Display notifications.
e Vehicle e Notifications
Existing warnings or vehicle messages are displayed.
The warning symbol in the lower status area provides
information about the number of existing warnings.

Display service intervals.

e Vehicle e service
Select the desired service interval.
The display contains information about when the
next service is due.

Digitally available:
– Warning lights and light indicators

102
 Display and input

Porsche Communication Manage-

ment (PCM)
Brief overview PCM
This brief overview is not a substitute for the detailed
descriptions provided in this section.
In particular, the brief overview is no substitute for
safety messages and warnings.

Fig. 94: Touch display areas

Fig. 93: Volume control and rotary/push button

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? Where?

Switch on Porsche Communication Management e Switch on the ignition or press volume control A –
(PCM) (Fig. 93).

Turn off Porsche Communication Management e Switch off the ignition or press and hold volume –
(PCM) control A (Fig. 93).

Adjust volume e Turn volume control A (Fig. 93). –

– or –
Turn volume control (rotary push button) on the
multi-function steering wheel.
Mute: Briefly press the volume control A (Fig. 93)
(rotary push button) on the multi-function steering
wheel briefly or press and hold.

Operating PCM e Operate PCM with the rotary push button B p. 105
(Fig. 93).

103
Display and input

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? Where?

Use global search e Enter search text in search area C (Fig. 94) or –
use voice control.

Display time, connection and status symbols, use e Use status area D (Fig. 94). p. 105
options
The relevant settings (e.g., Ionizer) can be opened
directly by selecting the status symbols.

Adjust sorting of apps b selected. g digital1

e In status area D (Fig. 94) tap Adjust app
order.

Open MyScreen e Swipe left in the Home screen . g digital1

MyScreen is displayed.

Configuring MyScreen b MyScreen is displayed. g digital1

e In the status area D (Fig. 94) tap Configure
MyScreen.

Open and use content from main menu and subme- e Use main menu E (Fig. 94) and content and g digital1
nus interaction area F (Fig. 94).

Call up Set-up wizard When you start the PCM for the first time, the Set- –
up assistant is displayed and guides you through
important steps for configuring the PCM.
Opening set-up assistant manually:
– e Settings Set-up assistant

Activate/deactivate private mode (availability de- – e Settings e Tap Porsche Connect Set- g digital1
pendent on country)
tings e Private mode.

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

104
 Display and input

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? Where?

Display service interval e e Tap Service Tap . –

The display contains information about when the
next service is due.

Change system and vehicle settings e e Settings e Tap the system/vehicle. g digital1

Display vehicle information e (see E (Fig. 94)) Tap Drive. –

Display notifications e in the content and interaction area tap F g digital1

(Fig. 94).

Central display A Tap (select) Briefly tap the touch display with one finger
Operating PCM Press the touch display with your finger. Ex- to enlarge the section.
ample: Tap on a function or check/uncheck a
F Zoom
box.
Move two fingers apart on the touch display
B Long press to increase the size of the section.
Press the touch display with your finger for
longer. Example: Adopting a destination from
a map Operate PCM with the rotary push button

C Horizontal swipe
Swipe the touch display horizontally with
Fig. 96: Operating the touch display your finger. Example: Scroll horizontally in
lists.

D Vertical swipe (scrolling and switching)

Swipe the touch display vertically with one
finger. Example: Scroll vertically into content. Fig. 97: Operate the rotary push button

E Vertical swiping (change)

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

105
Display and input

1. Turn rotary/push button A (Fig. 97) until the Entering text and characters 3. To enter accents, press the required letters for
desired function is highlighted. longer.
As soon as text or characters can be entered, an
2. Press rotary/push button A (Fig. 97) to activate input field appears, e.g., for entering a destination or 🡆 A window appears showing the accents
the highlighted function. search term. Tapping a search result enlarges the list for these letters.
3. Press button B (Fig. 97) to jump back of results.
Enter via rotary/push button
one level.
1. Turn rotary push button (Fig. 97) until the de-
4. Use the OPT C (Fig. 97) button to call up the
sired letter or character is highlighted.
most important options for each menu item.
2. Press rotary push button to apply the highlighted
letter or character.
Opening menus
3. Use the button to jump from the
Open the main menu Fig. 98: Touch display keyboard character input to the result list.
e Tap the menu in the main control area (e.g., A Back 4. Use the button to jump from the re-
). B Current cursor position sult list to the input field.
C Autocorrection and suggested results
Open submenu Enter using the freehand field
D Online search (availability dependent on country)
E Change between letters, numbers and special
e Tap a menu item in the quick filter bar (e.g.,
characters
Contact).
F Integrated search (search in PCMmemory and on-
Call up settings for each menu item line content)
G Insert space
b Desired menu is selected. H Enlarge result list
e Tap Options. I Search area (availability dependent on country) :
🡆 Settings and further functions of the rele- J Delete entry
vant menu are displayed. K Freehand entry (entering letters or characters us- Fig. 99: Freehand input
ing touch screen) (availability dependent on coun-
try) The freehand input feature (depending on country)
Setting display of time or temperature L Results list has handwriting recognition and enables the writing
of text and characters directly with the finger.
e Tap Time or Temperature in the status area There are three ways of entering text and characters:
1. Select to open freehand input.
to adjust the display.
Entry via the keyboard 2. Write the desired characters with your finger.
To set the Porsche Communication Management 1. Tap the input field. 3. To enter a space, swipe your finger from left
(PCM): 🡆 The keyboard will be shown. to right (menu languages with writing direction
e e Settings e Displays e Center display 2. Enter desired text or characters. right to left: note the writing direction).

106
 Display and input

4. To delete text or characters, swipe your finger Digitally available: g digital1

from right to left (for menu languages with
writing direction right to left: note the writing
direction).
Enter via voice input
Texts and numbers can also be entered via voice
control (e.g., when dialing a phone number or when
entering a navigation destination).
For information on using voice control:
g digital1
Calling up Manual in PCM
b Vehicle is stationary.
– Porsche Communication Management (PCM)
display content
Warning and Information Mes-
sages
If a warning message appears, refer to the corre-
sponding chapter in this manual. Warning messages
are only possible if all measurement conditions are
satisfied – therefore check all fluid levels regularly.
The message disappears when acknowledged or after
a certain time has elapsed.
If a warning light comes on, refer to the correspond-
ing chapter in this manual.
Important messages are stored as notifications in the
main menu PCM under . The display may vary de-
pending on the message and, e. g., includes graphics,
symbols or buttons for acknowledging or confirming
a prompt. Additional functions are available for se-
lected messages, such as displaying instructions on
the PCM or searching for a nearby authorized Porsche
dealer.
g digital1
General structure of messages
The following table lists the different types of mes-
sage and their meaning.

e e Manual

Color Message structure Example Degree of se- Meaning and action required
verity

Red Cause : e. g., Component failure/Compo-
nent defective/Component faulty
Action: Park vehicle safely
if necessary, further actions
Brake fluid level low
Park vehicle safely […]
[...] and leave (vehicle)
High risk of Immediately park the vehicle safely.
damage
e Do not continue driving, stop when it
is safe to do so, switch off the engine.
e Leave the vehicle in accordance with
the displayed warning message or in
case of doubt.
e Call a roadside assistance service and
have the vehicle towed if necessary.
g Refer to chapter “Towing“ on page
133.
e Have the fault rectified immediately at
a qualified specialist repair shop.2

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
2. Porsche recommends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they have trained technicians and the necessary parts and tools.

107
Display and input

Color Message structure Example Degree of se- Meaning and action required
verity

Yellow Cause: e. g., component failure/Com- Chassis system error Increased risk of Restricted and continued driving possible
ponent defective/Component faulty/ damage with adjustment.
Component overloaded/Component re-
e Adapt your driving style to the situa-
stricted/Component not available
tion.
Action and, if necessary, further ac- Visit workshop e Reduce load
tion: e. g., service required/visit work- e If the fault occurs multiple times
shop/check component/(adapted or re- Continued driving possible with or consistently, have the problem
stricted) driving permitted/adjust or re- adjustment corrected by an authorized Porsche
duce speed/reduce load dealer.1

White Cause: e. g., component faulty/Component
restricted/Component not or no longer
available
Explanation: e. g., Temporary condition
If necessary, Further action: e. g., Service
required/Driving permitted/Reduce load/
Adjust your driving
Camera system not available
Temporary condition
Continued driving possible with
adjustment
Low risk of dam- Continued driving possible with adjust-
age ment.
e Temporary condition. Normal status is
restored automatically while driving or
after the vehicle is restarted.
e Adapt your driving style to the situa-
tion.
e If the fault occurs multiple times
or consistently, have the problem
corrected by an authorized Porsche
dealer.1

1. Porsche recommends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they have trained technicians and the necessary parts and tools.

108
 Display and input

Notifications with additional information in this manual

Message in instrument cluster or PCM Meaning and action required

Power brake failure or error.

Brake booster
Immediately park the vehicle safely.
failure
e Do not continue driving, stop when it is safe to do so, switch off the vehicle.
– OR –
e Call a roadside assistance service and have the vehicle towed if necessary.
Power brake error.
g Refer to chapter “Towing“ on page 133.

Brake pads Brake pads are worn.

worn Restricted and continued driving possible with adjustment.
Replace brake pads, e Have brake pads replaced by an authorized Porsche dealer as soon as possi-
Continued driving possible. ble.1

Parking brake in Service mode

Parking brake
Restricted and continued driving possible with adjustment.
in service mode
e Adapt your driving style to the situation.

Significant loss of pressure in one or more tires.

Park vehicle safely.
e Do not continue driving, stop when it is safe to do so, switch off the vehicle.
e Check the relevant tire for damage.

Check tires e Fill in sealant if necessary.

e Set the correct tire pressure at the next opportunity.
g Refer to chapter “Tires and Wheels“ on page 148.
g Refer to chapter “Flat Tire“ on page 167.
e If necessary, Call a roadside assistance service and have the vehicle towed.
g Refer to chapter “Towing“ on page 133.

1. Porsche recommends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they have trained technicians and the necessary parts and tools.

109
Display and input

Message in instrument cluster or PCM Meaning and action required

Tire pressure Speed for set tire pressure has been exceeded.
too low Continued driving possible with adjustment.
– OR – e Reduce speed
Performance pressure e Set the correct tire pressure at the next opportunity.
Reduce g Refer to chapter “Tires and Wheels“ on page 148.
speed

Rain or light Rain/light sensor is defective.

sensor error Continued driving possible with adjustment.
Service required e Switch on the windshield wipers and lights manually.

Oil level below minimum.

Immediately park the vehicle safely.

Oil level critical e Immediately stop when it is safe to do so and switch off the engine.

Max. xx l e Check whether there is an obvious oil leak in or under the vehicle. Do not
continue driving if there is an obvious oil leak.
Topping up
e Call up oil measurement in instrument cluster:
e Add oil if necessary.
g Refer to chapter “Engine oil“ on page 139.

110
 Display and input

Message in instrument cluster or PCM Meaning and action required

Oil pressure is too low.

Park vehicle safely.
e Immediately stop when it is safe to do so and switch off the engine.
e Do not continue driving.
Oil pressure low e Check whether there is an obvious oil leak in or under the vehicle.
Park vehicle e Call up oil measurement in instrument cluster:
safely g Refer to chapter “Instrument cluster overview“ on page 94.
e Add oil if necessary.
g Refer to chapter “Engine oil“ on page 139.
e Do not continue driving if the warning message is displayed even when the
oil level is correct.

Engine coolant level is too low.

Immediately park the vehicle safely.
Coolant level too
low e Immediately stop when it is safe to do so, switch off the engine and let it
cool.
Park vehicle safely
e Check engine coolant level.
and allow to cool down
g Refer to chapter “Coolant“ on page 137.
e Add engine coolant if necessary.

Engine coolant or oil temperature is too high.

Immediately park the vehicle safely.

Engine tempera- e Immediately stop when it is safe to do so, switch off the engine and let it
cool.
ture too high
e Check radiators and air guides in and on the vehicle for obstructions.
Park vehicle and allow
e Check coolant and oil level.
engine to cool
g Refer to chapter “Engine oil“ on page 139.
e Add engine coolant if necessary.
g Refer to chapter “Coolant“ on page 137.

111
Display and input

Message in instrument cluster or PCM Meaning and action required

The particle filter has become clogged with soot.

Continued driving possible with adjustment.
Adapt your driving style so that the filter cleans itself automatically.
Check e Select SPORT driving program.
particle filter e Switching off cruise control.
See owner's manual e Accelerate to a maximum speed of 130 km/h (always take into account the
applicable speed limit and adjust the speed accordingly) and move off the
accelerator again; take your foot fully off the accelerator pedal.
e Repeat this procedure until the message disappears.

Key not found The key signal is faulty, the key was not detected due to incorrect key position or
the vehicle key battery is discharged.
or key error
e Place the key at the front left in the storage compartment in the center
Hold key back
console to start the vehicle.
toward marked area
e Replace the battery.
– OR – g Refer to chapter “Vehicle Key“ on page 24.
Change key position e Switch off possible interference sources.

Fuel system error Electrical unlocking of the tank system is faulty.

Driving permitted e Filler flap emergency release.
Visit workshop g Refer to chapter “Refueling“ on page 172.

An electric door lock is installed in the vehicle. From a speed of approx. 10 mph
Open door:
(15 km/h), the doors may lock automatically and can no longer be opened.
Not available while driving
e In an emergency, open the door by pulling the inner door handle twice. To do
See owner's manual
this, pull the inside door handle from the rest position as far as it will go.

112
 Display and input

Message in instrument cluster or PCM Meaning and action required

Chassis system Chassis failure or error.

failed Restricted continued driving possible with adjustment.
Adapted driving The vehicle handling may change.
permitted, e Adapt your driving style to the situation.
See Owner's Manual e Reduce load
– OR –
Chassis system error
Adapted driving
permitted,
See Owner's Manual

Digitally available:
– Warning lights and light indicators
– Porsche Communication Management (PCM)
display content
– Brief overview - Voice control
– Using voice control

113
Operation and use

Operation and use

Navigation
Using Navigation
Risk of accident through
WARNING
disregarding road traffic
laws
If a recommended driving instruction contradicts the
road traffic laws in force, the road traffic regulations
in the country of use always apply. The driver always
bears responsibility for road safety.
e Always pay attention to the traffic situation.
e Adapt your speed and driving style in line with
the visibility, weather, road and traffic conditions.
1. In the map view, select e Alternative Configuring map contents
routes.
1. e Select Navigation e (on the left in
2. Available alternative routes are displayed.
the sidebar)
3. Tap to view an alternative route.
2. Activate or deactivate the desired map content
🡆 The selected route is highlighted in color. (availability dependent on country):
4. Tap Start to start route guidance. – North up: The map always faces north.
– 3D map: Show or hide the 3D map view (other-
Planning a tour (entering a stopover) wise a 2D view).
A tour consists of one destination and a maximum of – Satellite Map: Show or hide the satellite view on
eight stopovers. the map.

Risk of accident due to Entering and starting a tour Changing map settings
WARNING
system-related inaccura-
1. e Select Navigation e e Enter desti- 1. e Select Navigation e e Navigation
cies and malfunctions
nation e Start. settings e Map settings
Incorrect directions and malfunctions cannot be ruled
2. Activate or deactivate the desired map content
out during satellite-based navigation. The driver al- 2. e Select Navigation e e Enter or
(availability dependent on country):
ways bears responsibility for navigating the vehicle. select a stopover e e Add as waypoint.
e Always pay attention to the terrain. 3. Start the engine.
– Auto zoom: Activate or deactivate the Auto zoom
function on the map.
Editing a tour – Display POIs: Show or hide points of interest on
Adopting a destination from a map the map.
You can reorganize the stopovers at a later time.
– 3D building: Show or hide the 3D map view (oth-
1. e Select Navigation Select. b Tour started. erwise a 2D view).
2. Press and hold the destination on the map. – Show speed limits (available depending on
e In e Edit routes Options, press and hold the
3. Tap on the displayed address to start route equipment): Show or hide speed limits on the
relevant stopover symbol and move it to the
guidance. map.
desired position (drag & drop).
– Day and night view: Set the view mode on the
map.
Alternative routes
Up to three routes are displayed on the map view.

114

Show traffic information
b Data connection is being made...
b Porsche Connect Services are activated.
Displaying traffic information on the map
You can display the following traffic information on
the current location or on the selected route on the
map:
– Colored warning symbols: Imminent traffic dis-
ruption on the selected route. If no route guid-
ance is active, all current traffic disruptions are
highlighted in color.
– Grayed-out warning symbols: Traffic disruption
which is not on the selected route.
The following traffic flow information is displayed:
– Green lines: free flowing traffic
– Yellow lines: slow traffic
– Orange lines: slow-moving traffic
– Red lines: Traffic jam
– Dark red lines: Traffic jam and closed roads
In addition, the navigation map displays notices for
roadworks, accidents, hazards, etc.
Avoiding traffic disruptions
Traffic disruptions are avoided automatically. Traffic
disruptions can also be displayed on the map.
e e Select Navigation e e Route op-
tions e Point out traffic reports activate.
Traffic announcements are the responsibility of the
broadcasting companies or the online content pro-
vider. We therefore cannot assume any responsibility
for the completeness or accuracy of the information.
Trip overview
When route guidance is active, the trip overview can
be opened or closed by tapping . By tapping
on Area A g (Fig. ) the route overview opens. The
following information on the current route guidance
can be displayed:
– Arrival time and distance to destination (see A.
g (Fig. ))
– For delays caused by traffic jams, for example,
the delay time is also indicated (see B g (Fig. ))
– Stopover
The following traffic flow information is displayed:
– Free-flowing traffic
– Slow-moving traffic
– Red: Traffic jam
Displaying additional information
e On the map or in the route monitor informa-
tion, select for example time delay due to traf-
fic jam B g (Fig. ).
🡆 Additional information about this message
PCM is displayed in the detail area on the
central display.
Operation and use
Display map display and navigation infor-
mation on the instrument cluster
For information on operating the instrument cluster:
g Refer to chapter “Operating the instrument clus-
ter“ on page 96.
Displaying/configuring the map display
1. Select map display on the instrument cluster
(power meter).
g Refer to chapter “Instrument cluster over-
view“ on page 94.
2. Select the desired display option using the
multi-function steering wheel:
– Man. Zoom: Set the magnification factor of the
map display.
– Auto zoom: Map scale is set automatically.
– 3D map: Three-dimensional map display.
– North up: The map always faces north.
– Map info: If no map display is selected in the
Car & Info display on the instrument cluster, the
map is displayed automatically in the event of a
navigation event.
– Navi pop-up: If the Navigation menu is not se-
lected in the Speed & Assist display on the
instrument cluster, the menu is displayed auto-
matically in the event of a navigation event.
Displaying navigation information on the instru-
ment cluster
e Select the Navigation menu in the Speed & As-
sist display on the instrument cluster.
g Refer to chapter “Instrument cluster over-
view“ on page 94.
115
Operation and use

Digitally available:
– Brief overview - Navigation
– Changing navigation settings
– Toll devices

116
 Operation and use

Phone
Brief Overview – Phone
This brief overview is not a substitute for the detailed
descriptions. In particular, the brief overview is no
substitute for safety messages and warnings.
For information on operating the Porsche Communi-
cation Management (PCM).
g Refer to chapter “ Porsche Communication Man-
agement (PCM)“ on page 103.

Fig. 112: Dial number (keypad)

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? Where?

Connect a phone via e e Phone Select known device or search for new device Tap Start search. g digital1
Bluetooth®

e Select the currently connected phone in the status area. (see D (Fig. 112)). The two devices already
Switch between two connected are displayed. Select the desired phone.
–
connected phones – or –
In the status area tap (see E (Fig. 112)) .

Set phone as favorite e e Devices Tap. –

e e Devices Tap.
Delete a phone from
Swipe from right to left in the line containing the phone you want to delete. –
the device list
The phone is deleted from the device list.

Switch between con-

nected audio output e e Phone Tap Keypad (see B (Fig. 112)) . Select the desired output device. –
devices

Dial number e e Phone Tap Keypad (see B (Fig. 112)) . –

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

117
Operation and use

What do I want to do? What do I have to do? Where?

Store contact as fa- e e Phone e Tap favorite (see A (Fig. 112)) Add to favorites e Select the desired contact from
g digital1
vorite the list e .

Display call history e e Phone e Call history (see A (Fig. 112)) –

Display a contact e e Phone e Contacts (see A (Fig. 112)) –

Display messages e Tap Notifications . g digital1

Check voicemail e e Phone Press and hold Keypad (see B (Fig. 112)) selector button 1. –

Accept/decline a call e Tap Tap Accept or Decline . –

End call e Decline Tap in the numeric keypad (see B (Fig. 112)) or in the status area (see C (Fig. 112)). –
– or –
Press the button on the multifunction steering wheel.

Various use options are available depending on Risk of injury

WARNING
model, country and equipment. The features descri-
bed here are therefore not available in all models, Phones must be switched off in certain danger areas,
countries and equipment versions. e.g., near service stations, fuel depots, chemical
Risk of accident through plants or during blasting work. They can disrupt tech-
WARNING
the use of phones or nical equipment.
smartphones e Observe warnings, as well as statutory regula-
The use of phones or smartphones while driving dis- tions and local restrictions.
tracts from the traffic situation. You may lose control
of the vehicle. Digitally available:
e Only make or receive calls using hands-free – Connect a phone via Bluetooth®
equipment. – Functions for the phone
– Changing phone settings
– Stowing and charging a phone

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

118
 Luggage and Transport

Luggage and Transport e Do not place any heavy or bulky objects in the Luggage compartment (service
storage net.
Storage room)
Storing objects
Depending on its equipment, the vehicle has the fol- Stowing loads
lowing storage options:
Changed vehicle handling
Unsecured or incorrectly WARNING
WARNING – 2 cup holders when vehicle is loaded
positioned objects
– Glove compartment
Vehicle handling changes depending on the vehicle
An unsecured or incorrectly positioned load can slide – Door storage compartments with bottle shelf
load.
or be thrown around and injure the vehicle occupants – Storage net in the passenger’s footwell
as a result of hard braking, direction changes or an e Adapt your driving style to the changed vehicle
– Storage compartment in the center console
accident. handling.
– Storage compartment in the armrest
e Ensure all objects are secured inside the vehicle e Do not exceed the maximum gross weight or
before driving. axle load.
Digitally available:
e Do not transport heavy objects in open storage Unsecured, incorrectly
– Opening and closing the glove compartment WARNING
compartments. secured or incorrectly
e Always keep lockable storage compartments positioned loads
closed while driving.
An unsecured, incorrectly secured or incorrectly posi-
Objects in the center con- tioned load can slip out of place and endanger the
WARNING
sole vehicle occupants during braking, direction changes
or in accidents.
If the storage compartment or cup holder is not in-
serted in the center console, objects can block or e Never transport objects that are not secured (ac-
activate the parking brake button. This can lead to cidents, braking, bends).
unwanted braking. e Always transport loads in the luggage compart-
e
ment, never in the passenger compartment (e.g.
When storing objects in the center console, al-
on or in front of the seats).
ways use the storage compartment provided.
e
e
Do not transport heavy objects in open storage
Only use the cup holder for the storage of drinks
compartments.
as intended.
e
e
Always keep the covers of the lockable storage
Never store items in the cup holder.
compartments closed while driving.
e Never operate the vehicle without an inserted
cup holder or inserted storage compartment.

NOTE

Risk of damage to the storage net.

119
Luggage and Transport

WARNING
Incorrect tire pressure b Vehicles with 12-volt lithium battery (LiFePO4)
with a capacity of 60 Ah
An incorrect tire pressure can impair driving safety. The tire sealant and tool box are located in the glove
e Adapt the tire pressure to the load. compartment of the vehicle.
e After changing the tire pressure, you must also
update the setting for the Tire Pressure Monitor-
ing system.

Removing and stowing tire sealant

(Tire Mobility System – TMS), tool box
and equipment for roadside assistance
b 911 GT3
b 911 GT3 with Touring package

Fig. 127: Tire sealant and tool box

B Tire sealant (Tire Mobility System – TMS)

C Adapter
D Towing hook
E Open-end wrench Fig. 128: Tire sealant and tool box
F Screwdriver
G Socket for central locking wheel A Tire sealant (Tire Mobility System – TMS)
B Adapter
C Towing hook
Remove tire sealant (Tire Mobility System – TMS) D Open-end wrench
and tool box E Screwdriver
F Socket for central locking wheel
e Remove the plastic cover from the handle recess.
b Vehicles with 12-volt lithium battery (LiFePO4)
Stowing tire sealant (Tire Mobility System – TMS)
with a capacity of 40 Ah
and tool box
The tire sealant and tool box are located in the serv-
Fig. 126: Plastic box A containing tire sealant 1. Insert belt tongue on the bottom.
ice area of the vehicle.
2. Engage the plastic cover at the top.

b 911 GT3 RS

120
 Luggage and Transport

Removing the tire filling compressor

Fig. 131: Attaching the plastic cover

Fig. 129: Tire sealant and tool box
3. Disengage retaining strap on the underside of
A Tire sealant (Tire Mobility System – TMS) Fig. 130: Releasing and lifting the plastic cover the plastic cover and attach it to the luggage
B Adapter compartment lid.
1. Lift plastic cover A at the handle recesses (ar-
C Towing hook rows) until the catches audibly disengage.
D Open-end wrench
E Screwdriver 2. Pull the plastic cover forward slightly and lift it at
F Socket for central locking wheel the front.

Removing and stowing the tire filling com-

pressor
b 911 GT3
b 911 GT3 with Touring package

Fig. 132: Opening storage compartment for tire filling

compressor

121
Luggage and Transport
4. Open the cover of the storage compartment for
the tire filling compressor.
5. Remove the tire filling compressor from the stor-
age compartment.
Stowing the tire filling compressor
Fig. 133: Replacing the tire filling compressor
1. Place the tire filling compressor in the storage
compartment.
2. Close the cover of the storage compartment.
122
Remove the plastic cover
WARNING
Hands, fingers, articles of clothing, necklaces or long
hair can be detected by the radiator fan when work-
ing in the service room. The radiator fan is installed
under the plastic cover in the service room. After the
engine is stopped, the engine compartment tempera-
ture is still monitored. The radiator fan can run down-
stream or switch on depending on the temperature.
e You should only work in this area with the ut-
most care and the engine should always be stop-
ped; make sure that body parts, articles of cloth-
ing or items of jewelry do not get trapped by
radiator fans.
Fig. 134: Closing the plastic cover
3. Detach retaining strap and engage it on the plas- Remove radiator cover
tic cover.
4. Insert plastic cover with the guides at the rear
edge and place it on the holders. Lower the plas-
tic cover at the front.
5. Ensure that the centering pins on the underside
of the cover engage in the appropriate guides.
Press the cover downward at the handle re-
cesses until the catch audibly engages.
Removing and installing plastic cover
in the front luggage compartment
b 911 GT3 RS
Fig. 135: Loosen and lift radiator cover

1. Lift the plastic cover on the top end until the
catches audibly disengage.
2. Pull the plastic cover backward slightly and lift it
at the front.
🡆 Carefully place the plastic cover in a suitable
place.
Remove the plastic cover
Fig. 136: Releasing and lifting the plastic cover
1. Lift plastic cover A at the handle recesses (ar-
rows) until the catches audibly disengage.
2. Pull the plastic cover forward slightly and lift it at
the front.
🡆 Carefully place the plastic cover in a suitable
place.
Install the plastic cover
Install the plastic cover
Fig. 137: Installing the battery cover
1. Insert plastic cover with the guides at the rear
edge and place it on the holders. Lower the plas-
tic cover at the front.
2. Ensure that the centering pins on the underside
of the cover engage in the appropriate guides.
Press the cover downward at the handle re-
cesses until the catch audibly engages.
Luggage and Transport
Installing radiator cover
Fig. 138: Installing radiator cover
1. Insert plastic cover with the guides at the front
edge and place it on the holders. Lower the rear
cover.
2. Ensure that the centering pins on the underside
of the cover engage in the appropriate guides.
Press the cover downward at the back side (ar-
rows) until the catch audibly engages.
123
Luggage and Transport

Smoker's Package Opening and closing the ashtray Electrical Socket

Using the ashtray Using 12-volt electrical socket
Fire hazard due to flam- Electric shock, short cir-
WARNING DANGER
mable objects cuit or fire
Waste paper can ignite in the ashtray. Touching conductive parts of the vehicle can lead to
an electric shock.
e Do not put any flammable objects into the ash-
tray. Improper use of the electrical socket can result in a
short circuit. The short circuit can cause a fire.
Inserting the ashtray e Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended.
e Do not pour liquids into the electrical socket. If
liquid gets into the electrical socket, make sure
that the liquid has dried without leaving any resi-
dues before using the socket again.
e Do not use adapters or extension cables.

Fig. 140: Opening and closing the ashtray NOTE

e Open and close the ashtray by lifting and closing Risk of damage to connected devices
the lid.
e Only connect equipment designed for use with a
Removing the ashtray 230 volt socket.
e Grasp the ashtray and pull it out. e The power consumption of the connected device
must not exceed 150 watts.
e Do not connect any lamps that contain a neon
tube.
Fig. 139: Inserting the ashtray
Information
Depending on equipment, an ashtray is available in
Connected devices can become warm. This can pre-
the cup holder in the center console.
vent the overcurrent switch-off from switching on.
g digital1
e Remove the device from the electrical socket
e Insert the ashtray into the cup holder and push it and reconnect it after 10 seconds.
down to the stop.

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

124
 Luggage and Transport

The 12-volt electrical socket is located in the pas-

senger's side footwell.

125
Luggage and Transport

Information A: Proper charging adapter with distance X between

the earth connection and the upper edge of the
− The electrical sockets also work when the ig- charging adapter must be less than approx. 0.63 in.
nition is switched off. The vehicle battery is ( 16 mm).
discharged when the accessories are switched
on. The power supply is interrupted after B: Improper charging adapter with distance X be-
about 30 minutes to protect the vehicle battery. tween the earth connection and the upper edge of
If the consumption is to be switched on again, the improper charging adapter greater than approx.
the ignition must be switched on again. 0.63 in. ( 16 mm).
− The maximum power rating of the electrical
sockets is 20 A. Do not exceed 10 A per elec-
trical socket if several consumptions loads are
operating simultaneously.
− Unshielded devices and equipment can cause
interference to radio reception as well as vehicle
electronics.

Fig. 141: Charging adapter for 12-volt electrical sockets

A Suitable charging adapter
Connecting the charging adapter B Unsuitable charging adapter
NOTE

Danger of damage to the electrical system.

e Only use suitable charging adapters. Unsuitable
charging adapters can damage the electrical
sockets.

126

Mobility and Minor Repairs
Emission control system
In the interest of pure air
The pollution of our environment has become a prob-
lem that is increasingly giving us cause for worry.
We urge you to support our efforts to purify the air
by cleaning the pollutants emitted by motor vehicles.
Porsche has developed an exhaust gas purification
system that cleans or reduces the exhaust compo-
nents that can be harmful to the environment. Your
Porsche is equipped with such a system.
Porsche provides a warranty on the exhaust gas
cleaning system of your new vehicle, which is the
subject of the conditions listed in the warranty book-
let.
As the owner of the vehicle, you are responsible for
carrying out regular maintenance work on the vehicle
and for recording all maintenance work carried out.
In order to simplify logging, it is best to have service
work carried out by Porsche dealers.
They have Porsche-trained technicians and special
tools that enable fast and effective service.
To ensure the effectiveness of the exhaust gas
cleaning system:
e Have your vehicle serviced correctly and in ac-
cordance with the recommendations described
in your service manual. Lack of care and im-
proper use of the vehicle impair the function of
the exhaust gas cleaning system and could result
in damage.
e Do not remove or modify any exhaust gas clean-
ing system components.
e Do not modify or remove any devices (heat
shields, switches, ignition cables, valves, etc.)
designed to protect the exhaust gas cleaning
system of your vehicle. This can not only cause
serious engine damage, but also cause fires if
unburned fuel enters the exhaust system.
e Do not continue driving your vehicle if you notice
misfires or other unusual phenomenon.
Function of exhaust gas cleaning
A running vehicle engine uses energy that is gener-
ated by the combustion of a mixture of air and fuel.
Depending on whether a vehicle is driven fast or slow
or whether the engine is hot or cold, some of the fuel
(hydrocarbons) may not be burned completely, but
enter the crankcase or exhaust system. In addition,
hydrocarbons can enter the atmosphere because fuel
evaporates from the fuel tank. When these hydrocar-
bons (HC) are released, they contribute to undesired
air pollution.
Carbon monoxide (CO) and nitrogen oxides (NOx) are
other engine emissions. They also occur during the
combustion process and enter the exhaust system.
To reduce these pollutants, your Porsche is equipped
with precisely calibrated fuel injection, which ensures
an absolutely balanced air/fuel mixture under all op-
erating conditions.
Oxygen sensors
The oxygen sensors fitted in the exhaust system con-
tinuously monitor the oxygen content of the exhaust
gases and report this data to an electronic control
unit. The control unit corrects the air/fuel ratio so
that an accurately measured air/fuel mixture is al-
ways supplied to the engine.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Crankcase ventilation
The crankcase ventilation prevents unwanted emis-
sions from the crankcase of the engine from enter-
ing the ambient atmosphere. These emissions are re-
turned from the crankcase to the intake tract. There,
the emissions are mixed with the intake air and then
burned in the engine.
Catalytic converters
The catalytic converters are effective “cleaning devi-
ces” installed in the exhaust system of the vehicle.
The catalytic converters burn the undesired pollu-
tants contained in the exhaust gases before they
enter the atmosphere.
The exclusive use of unleaded fuel is of crucial im-
portance for the shelf life of the catalytic converters.
For this reason, only use unleaded fuel.
The catalytic converters will be damaged under the
following circumstances:
– Push on or towing the vehicle
– Engine misfires
– Switch off the ignition while driving
– Driving till the fuel tank runs empty
– Other unusual operating conditions
e Do not continue driving your vehicle under these
conditions, as unburnt fuel may enter the cata-
lytic converters. This could cause the catalytic
converters to overheat. The use of leaded fuel for
this vehicle is prohibited under federal law.
Fuel consumption
The fuel consumption depends on where, when and
how you drive, how the vehicle is equipped and the
general condition it is in.
127
Mobility and Minor Repairs
A vehicle that has been coordinated and properly
maintained as specified helps to achieve optimum
fuel consumption values.
e Have your vehicle tuned according to the specifi-
cation.
– The air cleaner must be free of dirt so that
the engine can “breathe” freely.
– The battery must be fully charged.
– The track must be adjusted correctly.
– Tires must be inflated at the correct pres-
sure.
e Always monitor your fuel consumption.
e Develop a smooth driving style and avoid speed
changes if possible.
e Avoid “racing starts” and abrupt stopping.
e Do not drive in low gears for longer than nec-
essary. Early upshifting without tormenting the
engine helps to save fuel.
e Long “warm-run phases” when the vehicle is sta-
tionary are fuel waste. Do not start the vehicle
until you are ready to drive off. Accelerate slowly
and gently.
e Switch off the engine if the vehicle is stationary
for an extended period of time.
e Additional weight carried in the vehicle increases
fuel consumption. Always keep the load to a
minimum and take out all unnecessary things.
e Organize your journeys so that you can carry out
several tasks per journey.
e Every electrical accessory increases fuel con-
sumption.
e Only switch on the air conditioning if necessary.
128
e Only drive with the roof transport system fitted if
you need it.
The consumption value in miles per gallon (mpg) es-
timated by the EPA is used for comparison purposes.
The actual value may differ from the estimated value
depending on the driving speed, weather conditions
and trip length. Your actual consumption on high-
ways (highway mileage) may be below the estimated
value.
e Observe all local and national speed limits.
12-volt battery
General safety instructions
Depending on the equipment, the vehicle has a 12-
volt lithium battery (LiFePO4) with a capacity of
60 Ah or 40 Ah (lightweight battery).
The lithium batteries are marked with a sticker.
e Do not remove stickers or render them unusable
or illegible under any circumstances.
e The battery should only be removed and installed
at an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recom-
mends an authorized Porsche dealer as they have
trained technicians and the necessary parts and
tools.
Lithium battery
WARNING
Electric shock, short cir-
cuit, fire or explosion
Touching conductive parts of the vehicle can give you
an electric shock. You can cause a short circuit when
working on the vehicle electrical system. The short
circuit can cause a fire. Many automotive fluids are
highly flammable, e.g. fuel, engine or gear oil. Fuel
vapors can combust.
e The battery should only be removed and installed
by an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recom-
mends an authorized Porsche dealer as they have
trained technicians and the necessary parts and
tools.

Escaping electrolyte fluid
WARNING
and toxic gas
Risk of electrolyte fluid and toxic gases escaping in
exceptional cases if the battery is damaged or han-
dled incorrectly.
e Avoid any inhalation of the vapors and any skin
contact with the electrolyte fluid.
e Keep people away and on the side facing into the
wind.
e Only charge lithium batteries in well-ventilated
rooms.
NOTE
Risk of short circuits, fire, and damage to the alterna-
tor, electrical control units and components.
e The battery should only be removed and installed
by an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recom-
mends an authorized Porsche dealer as they have
trained technicians and the necessary parts and
tools.
e Always disconnect the negative terminal on the
battery when working on the electrical system.
Safety symbols on the lithium battery
Fig. 142: Lithium battery
The 12-volt lithium battery is located in the front
luggage compartment under a plastic cover.
For information on removing the plastic cover:
g Refer to chapter “Luggage compartment (service
room)“ on page 119.
The 12-volt lithium battery is automatically discon-
nected from the vehicle electrical system if the bat-
tery charge state is low. The electrical system is de-
activated temporarily. When the battery is charged
(for at least 10 minutes) or when emergency start-
ing or connection to an external power supply take
place, the electrical system is automatically reacti-
vated. The 12-volt lithium battery is automatically
reconnected to the vehicle electrical system.
g Refer to chapter “Emergency starting“ on page
131.
e Never connect jumper cables directly to the bat-
tery.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Refer to the Owner's Manual
Wear protective goggles
Fire, sparks, naked flames and smoking are
prohibited
Avoid sparking and short circuits when han-
dling cables and electrical devices.
Keep batteries away from children
Risk of explosion
Risk of chemical burns
Electrolyte fluid is highly corrosive: protec-
tive gloves and goggles must be worn.
First aid
If electrolyte fluid splashes into your eye,
rinse immediately for a few minutes with
clean water. Immediately seek medical at-
tention from a doctor. If electrolyte fluid
splashes onto your skin or clothing, neutral-
ize immediately with soapsuds and rinse
with plenty of water. If you accidentally
drink electrolyte fluid, consult a doctor im-
mediately.
129
Mobility and Minor Repairs

What do I What action do I need to take? Lithium battery charging

Disposal
Hand in old batteries at a battery collection
point.
Never dispose of old batteries as household
waste.
Always have maintenance work carried out
by qualified technicians
Never attempt to replace the battery your-
self. Only have the lithium battery in this ve-
hicle replaced with a lithium battery explic-
itly intended by Porsche for this vehicle. The
use of other lithium or lead-acid batteries
results in significant malfunctions including
total failure of the electrical system.
Always have the battery replaced by an
authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recom-
mends an authorized Porsche dealer as they
have trained technicians and the necessary
parts and tools.
Maintaining your lithium battery
What do I What action do I need to take?
want to do?
want to do?
Charging the e Never attempt to charge a
battery damaged battery.
Lay up the e If the vehicle is left for long
vehicle periods in the garage or work-
shop, the doors, covers and
hood of the vehicle should be
closed.
e Switch off ignition.
Information
The battery will run down even if the vehicle is out of
operation.
e To maintain its function, charge the battery ap- Fig. 143: Lithium battery terminals
proximately every 6 weeks or connect it to a
trickle charger suitable for lithium batteries with
a CC/CV or pure CV characteristic. Porsche rec-
ommends the charger and charge maintenance
unit from Porsche Tequipment.

Prevent bat- e Switch off any electrical loads

tery from that are not required on short
discharging trips.
e Switch off the ignition when
leaving the vehicle.

Prepare for e Have the battery checked be-

winter use fore winter begins.

130

WARNING
Escaping irritant gases
due to a damaged battery
The use of boosters or non-approved chargers can
result in the battery being charged with excessive
charging voltage and current. This can damage the
battery, and irritant gases can escape, This can lead
to chemical burns and considerable damage to the
booster, charger or vehicle.
e Do not use boosters with lithium-ion technology.
e
Only use chargers that have been approved by
the equipment manufacturer for LiFePO4 batter-
ies with integrated electronic protection circuits.
e The following maximum values must never be
exceeded:
− Max. charging voltage: 14.8 V (even in the
event of a fault with the battery discon-
nected; no voltage peaks permitted)
− Max. charging current: 90 A
e If in doubt: Contact an authorized Porsche
dealer.
e Observe the instructions of the charger manu-
facturer.
e Batteries should only be charged in a well venti-
lated area.
1. Open the luggage compartment.
g Refer to chapter “Luggage compartment (serv-
ice room)“ on page 119.
2. Fold open the cap on the positive terminal for
emergency starting +(Fig. 143).
3. Connect the red positive cable of the charger to
the positive terminal for emergency starting +.
4. Connect the black negative cable of the charger
to the ground point –(Fig. 143).
5. Switch on the charger.
6. After charging, switch off the charger before dis-
connecting it.
7. Close the cap on the positive terminal for emer-
gency starting +.
For recommendations for a suitable charger:
e Contact an authorized Porsche dealer.
Emergency starting
Depending on the equipment, the vehicle has a 12-
volt lithium battery (LiFePO4) with a capacity of
60 Ah or 40 Ah (lightweight battery).
The lithium batteries are marked with a sticker.
e Do not remove stickers or render them unusable
or illegible under any circumstances.
Emergency starting a lithium battery
The 12-volt lithium battery is automatically discon-
nected from the vehicle electrical system if the bat-
tery charge state is low. The electrical system is de-
activated temporarily. When the battery is charged
(for at least 10 minutes) or when emergency start-
ing or connection to an external power supply take
place, the electrical system is automatically reacti-
vated. The 12-volt lithium battery is automatically
reconnected to the vehicle electrical system.
The battery of another vehicle can be used for start-
ing and as an external power supply with the help of
jumper cables. Both batteries must have a nominal
voltage of 12 V. The capacity (Ah) of the external
battery must not be substantially lower than that of
the discharged battery. The discharged battery must
be correctly connected to the vehicle's electrical sys-
tem.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
g Refer to chapter “12-volt battery“ on page 128.
Repeated emergency starting under normal operating
conditions may indicate that the battery is damaged.
Unsuitable jumper cables
WARNING
and following incorrect
procedures
Starting the vehicle using unsuitable jumper cables
or following incorrect procedures can cause short
circuits. Short circuits can cause a fire.
e Use only standard jumper cables with a sufficient
cross-section and fully insulated clamps. Follow
the instructions provided by the jumper cable
manufacturer.
e The vehicles must not touch, otherwise current
may flow as soon as the positive terminals are
connected.
e Ensure that conductive jewelry (e.g. rings,
chains, watch straps) do not come into contact
with conductive parts of the vehicle.
e Never connect jumper cables directly to the bat-
tery or other electrical components. Only con-
nect jumper cables to the jump-lead starting
terminals.
Escaping electrolyte fluid
WARNING
and toxic gas
Risk of electrolyte fluid and toxic gases escaping in
exceptional cases if the battery is damaged or han-
dled incorrectly.
e Avoid any inhalation of the vapors and any skin
contact with the electrolyte fluid.
e Keep people away and on the side facing into the
wind.
e Only charge lithium batteries in well-ventilated
rooms.
131
Mobility and Minor Repairs
NOTE
Risk of damage if jump-lead starting an exhaustively
discharged lithium battery.
e If you suspect that the lithium battery is exhaus-
tively discharged, do not start the vehicle using
jumper cables.
Performing emergency starting
Fig. 144: Lithium battery terminals
1. Open the luggage compartment.
g Refer to chapter “Performing emergency re-
lease of the hood“ on page 28.
2. Remove cover in luggage compartment.
g Refer to chapter “Luggage compartment (serv-
ice room)“ on page 119.
3. Connect the red positive cable to the positive
terminal for emergency starting +.
132
4. Connect the red positive cable to the positive
terminal of the donor battery.
5. Connect the black negative cable to the negative
terminal of the donor battery.
6. Connect the black negative cable to the ground
point –.
7. Allow the engine of the donor vehicle run at a
higher engine speed.
8. Start the engine. An attempted start using
jumper cables should not last more than 15 sec-
onds. Then wait for at least one minute.
9. With engine running: first, disconnect the black
negative cable from the ground point – then
from the negative terminal on the donor battery.
10. With engine running: disconnect the red positive
cable from the positive terminal of the external
battery first, then from the positive terminal for
emergency starting +.
Replacing the lithium battery
Danger of fire due to un-
WARNING
suitable 12-volt lithium
battery
In addition to significant malfunctions of the vehicle
electrical system, use of an unsuitable 12-volt lith-
ium battery or its incorrect installation may, in excep-
tional cases, cause a fire (e.g. during charging).
e Never attempt to replace the 12-volt lithium
battery yourself. Only have the 12-volt lithium
battery of this vehicle replaced with a 12-volt
lithium battery explicitly intended by Porsche for
this vehicle. The use of other lithium or lead-acid
batteries will result in significant malfunctions,
including total failure of the electrical system.
e Always have the 12-volt lithium battery replaced
by an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recom-
mends an authorized Porsche dealer as they have
trained technicians and the necessary parts and
tools.
e Observe the disposal instructions for lithium bat-
teries.
Power interruption
Following a temporary power interruption, some
equipment must be reinitialized.
1. Store the final position of the power windows.
g Refer to chapter “Windows“ on page 25.
2. Teach wheels and tires in the Tire Pressure Mon-
itoring System (TPMS).
g Refer to chapter “Tires and Wheels“ on page
148.

Towing
Towing the vehicle
Information
e Always observe the legal requirements relating
to the towing and tow-starting of vehicles.
e Vehicles should only be towed with great care.
Before driving, both drivers should familiarize
themselves with the special conditions that ap-
ply to tow-starting and towing.
e Turn off the driver assistance systems in both
vehicles before towing them.
e In the event of a power failure or faults in the
electrical system, it may be necessary to connect
an external power supply in order to release the
electric parking brake or the steering column
lock.
Tow-starting and push-starting the vehicle
NOTE
Danger of significant vehicle and transmission dam-
age through tow-starting or push-starting in the case
of vehicles with PDK.
e Never tow-start or push-start the vehicle.
e Vehicles with manual transmissions may only be
tow-started or push-started when the engine is
cold. If the engine is warm, unburnt fuel could
damage the catalytic converter.
Using towing rope or towing bar
e Data and installation instructions can be found in
the accessory manufacturer's manual.
Follow the manufacturer's safety and operating
instructions.
e Observe the permissible towing force of the
towing rope or towing bar. The towing rope or
towing bar must be approved for the vehicle
weight. Never exceed the manufacturer's specifi-
cations.
e Vehicles with defective brakes must not be
towed.
Using a towing rope
e When towing a vehicle, first screw the towing
hook into the vehicle before attaching the tow
rope to the towing hook.
g Refer to chapter “Using a towing hook“ on
page 134.
e Always keep the towing rope taut when towing.
Avoid jerky and sudden loading.
Using a towing bar
e The tow bar should not be attached diagonally
between the vehicles.
Towing the vehicle
Increased steering and
WARNING
braking forces due to a
lack of power assistance
There is no power steering on the towed vehicle
when the engine is not running. This means that
greater force is required for braking and steering.
e Vehicles should only be towed with great care.
The towed vehicle must not be heavier than the tow-
ing vehicle.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
It is not possible to guarantee that the transmission
is sufficiently lubricated when the engine is not run-
ning. The following points must be noted in order to
prevent damage to the transmission.
Special feature on vehicles with PDK
e If the PDK is in emergency mode (warning mes-
sage shows transmission failure), the vehicle
must not be towed. It must be transported on
a car transporter or trailer.
g Refer to chapter “Transporting the vehicle on
car trains, ferries and transport trucks“ on page
134.
Special note for vehicles with a faulty or fully dis-
charged battery
e If the battery is faulty or completely discharged,
the only way to start the engine is to replace the
battery or through emergency starting.
g Refer to chapter “12-volt battery“ on page 128.
g Refer to chapter “Emergency starting“ on page
131.
Information for towing a vehicle on all four wheels
e Switch on the ignition so that the brake lights
and turn signals are working and the steering
wheel lock is not locked.
Information for towing a vehicle on one axle
e Switch on the ignition so that the steering wheel
lock is unlocked.
e Make sure that the vehicle is sufficiently illumi-
nated.
133
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Towing the vehicle
e Vehicles with manual transmission: Move the
gear lever to neutral.
e Vehicles with PDK: Move selector lever to posi-
tion N. To ensure that selector lever position N
can be engaged on the selector lever itself and
appears on the display, you must start the engine
once before towing the vehicle. The vehicle can
be towed as soon as the selector lever is in posi-
tion N and selector lever position N appears on
the display.
e Do not exceed the maximum speed of 30 mph
(50 km/h). A vehicle should not be towed for
more than 30 miles (50 km). If a vehicle needs
to be towed for longer distances, it must be
transported on a car transporter or trailer.
g Refer to chapter “Transporting the vehicle on
car trains, ferries and transport trucks“ on page
134.
Pulling out a vehicle that has become stuck
e Always pull out the vehicle with the greatest
care.
e Never pull out a vehicle abruptly or at an angle.
e If possible, pull the vehicle backward, following
the track previously made.
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
134
Using a towing hook
Fig. 145: Towing hook
Attaching the towing hook
The towing hook is stored in the tool box.
g Refer to chapter “Luggage compartment (service
room)“ on page 119.
1. Press the lower edge of the plastic cover into the
bumper until it disengages or carefully disengage
the plastic cover using a suitable tool (e.g. a
screwdriver).
2. Pull the plastic cover out of the bumper and let it
hang by its thread.
3. Screw in towing hook A(Fig. 145) as far as pos-
sible in a counter-clockwise direction (left-hand
thread) and tighten by hand.
Removing the towing hook
1. Unscrew towing hook A(Fig. 145) (turn clock-
wise, left hand thread).
2. Insert the plastic cover at the lower edge of the
opening.
3. Fold up the plastic cover and press on the top
edge until it engages in the bumper.
4. Stow the towing hook in the tool box.
Transporting the vehicle on car trains,
ferries and transport trucks
1. Tie the vehicle down only at the wheels. Never
attach tension straps to the towing eye.
2. Deactivate interior monitoring and the inclination
sensor.
g digital1
3. Activate Porsche Vehicle Tracking System (PTVS
Plus) transport mode.
g Refer to chapter “Scope of supply and initial
activation“ on page 83.
Using flatbeds
Only use flatbeds if the gear parking lock (for vehi-
cles with PDK) or the electric parking brake can be
released. In the event of a breakdown (e.g. with a
discharged battery), do not pull the vehicle onto a
flatbed.
Pulling the vehicle onto a flatbed

Fig. 146: Pulling the vehicle onto a flatbed
Vehicles with PDK
1. Move selector lever to position N.
2. Switch off ignition.
The vehicle is able to roll for approx. 30 minutes,
after which the gear parking lock engages auto-
matically.
3. Position ramps at the base of the flatbed for as
small an incline as possible when pulling.
4. Pull in the winch cable and check the underbody
of the vehicle to see if there are any obstacles in
the way.
Vehicles with manual transmission
1. Change the transmission to neutral.
2. Switch off ignition.
3. Position ramps at the base of the flatbed for as
small an incline as possible when pulling.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
4. Pull in the winch cable and check the underbody 5. Fasten the straps to the front of the flatbed.
of the vehicle to see if there are any obstacles in 6. Slacken the winch cable, but do not detach it.
the way.
Securing the vehicle to the flatbed
Fig. 147: Securing the vehicle to the flatbed
1. Carefully insert the lashing straps through the
opening in the rear wheels. Make sure that the
metal parts of the lashing straps do not damage
the rims. Make sure that the lashing strap sits
flat on the rim bead. Take care not to damage the
brake carriers.
2. Fasten the straps to the rear of the flatbed.
3. Only pull in the winch cable far enough to tauten
the lashing straps.
4. Carefully insert the lashing straps through the
opening in the front wheels. Make sure that the
metal parts of the lashing straps do not damage
the rims. Make sure that the lashing strap sits
flat on the rim bead. Take care not to damage the
brake carriers.
135
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Brake Fluid
Checking the brake fluid level
Fig. 148: Brake fluid reservoir
e Read off the brake fluid level on the brake fluid
reservoir. The fluid level must always be between
the MIN and MAX markings.
e Have the brake fluid topped up if the brake fluid
level is below the MIN marking: Visit an author-
ized Porsche dealer. Porsche recommends an
authorized Porsche dealer as they have trained
technicians and the necessary parts and tools.
136
Changing the brake fluid e Stop as soon as it is safe to do so and do not
Ingestion of brake fluid continue driving.
DANGER
e Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec-
Brake fluid is harmful to health and can be fatal if ommends an authorized Porsche dealer as they
ingested. have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
e Keep brake fluid out of reach of children.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
e Keep pets away from brake fluid. They may be sages“ on page 107.
attracted to brake fluid if it has been spilled, or if
old brake fluid is stored in an open container.
e If brake fluid gets on your skin or in your eyes,
immediately rinse the affected areas with clean
water for a few minutes. Then consult a doctor
immediately.
e Observe all information on the brake fluid refill
container.
The brake fluid is regularly checked and changed as
part of servicing.
e Do not change the brake fluid yourself.
Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec-
ommends an authorized Porsche dealer as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
g Refer to chapter “Before driving: Important infor-
mation regarding your Porsche“ on page 16.
Responding to warning message
If the brake fluid level is too low, the warning light is
displayed on the instrument cluster (USA:
Canada: ) and a warning message appears. If the
warning light comes on and more force needs to be
applied to the pedal, this may indicate a fault in the
brake system.

Coolant
General safety instructions
Ingestion of engine cool-
DANGER
ant
Engine coolant is harmful to health and can be fatal if
ingested.
e opened carefully.
Keep engine coolant out of reach of children.
e Keep pets away from engine coolant. They may
be attracted to engine coolant if it has been spil-
led, or if old engine coolant is stored in an open
container.
e If engine coolant gets on your skin or in your
eyes, immediately rinse the affected areas with
clean water for a few minutes. Then consult a
doctor immediately.
e Observe all information on the engine coolant
refill container.
Engine fans and other
WARNING
moving parts in the area
of the engine
When working in the engine compartment, hands,
fingers, articles of clothing, necklaces or long hair can
become trapped by moving parts, e.g. engine fans or
drive belts. The engine fans are installed under the
hood. After the engine is stopped, the engine com-
partment temperature is still monitored. Depending
on temperature, the engine fans may continue to run
or are switched on.
e You should only work in this area with the ut-
most care and the engine should always be stop-
ped; make sure that body parts, articles of cloth-
ing and items of jewelry do not get trapped by
radiator fans, engine fans or other moving parts.
WARNING
Hot engine parts and hot
coolant
The engine and adjacent components, the exhaust
system and the coolant become very hot when the
engine is running.
The coolant reservoir is under pressure. Hot coolant
may suddenly escape if the coolant reservoir is not
e Take care when working near hot vehicle parts,
particularly the engine and exhaust system.
e Always turn off the engine and allow it to cool
down before working in the engine compart-
ment.
e Proceed with extreme caution when working in
the engine compartment.
e Only top up coolant when the engine is stopped
and the ignition is switched off.
e Do not open the cap of the coolant reservoir
when the engine is hot. Wait until the coolant
temperature gage displays a temperature below
140 °F (60 °C).
Mobility and Minor Repairs
CAUTION
Hot exhaust system
There is a risk of burns and danger of fire! The ex-
haust system becomes very hot when the engine
is running and remains hot for some time after the
engine has been switched off.
e Do not park your vehicle in places where flam-
mable substances, such as dry grass or leaves,
could come into contact with the hot exhaust
system.
e Make a note of the location of your vehicle's
exhaust system to avoid injury. Do not get too
close to the hot exhaust system and keep an eye
on children in the vicinity of the vehicle. A hot
exhaust system can cause severe burns.
NOTE
If you continue to operate the vehicle when a warning
appears, you risk damaging the engine.
e Switch the engine off and let it cool.
e Do not continue driving if the warning persists
even if the engine coolant level is correct.
e Have the fault rectified. Visit an authorized Por-
sche dealer. Porsche recommends an authorized
Porsche dealer as they have trained technicians
and the necessary parts and tools.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
sages“ on page 107.
The coolant provides year-round protection against
corrosion and freezing at temperatures as low as –
37 °C.
The coolant level is regularly checked as part of serv-
icing.
Only use freeze protection approved by Porsche:
137
Mobility and Minor Repairs

– Glysantin® G40 the coolant loss corrected immediately. Visit

an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recom-
Checking the coolant level and adding mends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
coolant and tools.
g Refer to chapter “Instrument cluster“ on page 94.
Information
g Refer to chapter “Tailgate (service hatch)“ on page
29. If pure water was added in an emergency, the mixing
ratio must be corrected. Significant coolant loss indi-
cates leaks in the cooling system or overfilling of the
coolant system.
e Have the cause remedied immediately.
Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec-
ommends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
Fig. 150: Coolant reservoir display 911 GT3 RS

b Vehicle is level.
b Engine is cold and the coolant temperature is
below 140 °F (60 °C).
1. Read off the coolant level. The coolant level must
be between the min and max markings.
2. If the coolant level is below the minmarking, refill
Fig. 149: Display of coolant reservoir 911 GT3, 911 GT3 coolant.
with touring package
3. Carefully screw off the coolant reservoir cap and
allow any excess pressure to escape.
4. Unscrew the cover completely.
5. Refill coolant. Only use a mixture consisting of
equal parts of antifreeze and distilled water. Do
not fill beyond the max mark.
6. Screw the cap on the coolant reservoir closed
until you feel it reach the end stop.
7. Definite coolant spillage indicates leaks in the
cooling system or overfilling. Check the cooling
system and, if necessary, have the cause of

138

Engine oil
Checking engine oil level
It is important that all oil changes are performed reg-
ularly and in accordance with the intervals specified
in your maintenance plan.
Engine oil consumption
It is normal for your engine to use oil. The amount of
oil consumption depends on the quality and viscosity
of the oil, the engine speed at which the engine is
operated, the climate, the road conditions and the
degree of dilution and oxidation of the lubricant. If
the vehicle is frequently driven on short distances
and consumes a normal quantity of oil, it may not
be possible to detect a reduction in the fill level
when measuring the engine oil level at all. This is
because the oil gradually mixes with fuel or moisture,
which gives the impression that the oil level has not
changed.
The diluting components evaporate when the vehicle
is driven at high speeds (e.g., on highways), giving the
impression that too much oil has been consumed.
If you move your vehicle primarily in heavy dust, high
humidity or high heat, the oil must be changed more
frequently.
If the vehicle is moved at high speeds, there is a
warm climate and the load is high, the oil should be
checked more frequently because the driving condi-
tions determine the amount of oil consumption.
– The engine of your vehicle depends on all of
its moving parts being lubricated and cooled
with oil. The engine oil level must therefore be
checked regularly and corrected if necessary.
– Make it a habit to have the engine oil level
checked every time you refuel.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
The oil pressure warning light is not a fill level indica- b Vehicle is level.
tor.
b Engine is at operating temperature runs at idle
The oil pressure warning light indicates that serious speed.
engine damage could occur if the engine speed is
above idle speed. e Vehicle e oil level
Information
Depending on the driving style and the operating
The oil measurement can take up to 2 minutes. A
conditions, the oil consumption can be up to 0.8
timer indicates the remaining time until the oil level is
liters/1000 km. The oil level should be checked at
displayed.
regular intervals (e.g., every time you refuel).
Responding to oil level warning
If the oil level is too low, a warning is displayed on the
instrument cluster.
The engine oil must be topped up immediately.
Measuring and displaying engine oil level
NOTE
Risk of engine damage.
If the oil level is below the minimum mark, the engine
will not be sufficiently lubricated.
e Check the oil level regularly.
e Do not allow the oil level to drop below the mini-
mum mark. Fig. 151: Oil-level gage in instrument cluster
Information A Oil level sufficient - maximum reached
B Minimum oil level reached
Under certain circumstances, the oil level cannot be C Difference: approx. 1.0 liter
measured. The reasons for this include: D Recommended oil level for optimal engine opera-
− Vehicle is moving tion
− Engine is not at operating temperature. E Oil level below minimum
− Engine is not idling. F Oil level above maximum
− Vehicle on an incline If the display is green A g (Fig. 151), the oil level has
reached the maximum mark or is sufficient.
139
Mobility and Minor Repairs
If the lower segment of the display is yellow B
g (Fig. 151), the oil level has reached the minimum
mark.
e At the next opportunity, add the amount of
engine oil displayed on the instrument cluster.
Never add more than the amount of engine oil
displayed. The difference between the minimum
and maximum mark is around 1.06 quarts (1.0
liters).
If the lower segment of the display is red E
g (Fig. 151), the oil level has fallen below the mini-
mum mark.
1. Stop in a safe place.
2. Add the amount of engine oil displayed on the
instrument cluster. Never add more than the
amount of engine oil displayed. The difference
between the minimum and maximum mark is
around 1.06 quarts (1.0 liters).
If the display is yellow right to the top F g (Fig. 151),
the permissible maximum engine filling level has
been exceeded. This can result in damage to the
vehicle.
Correct the oil level at the earliest opportunity.
e Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec-
ommends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
Driving on race tracks
For important information about driving on the race
track:
g Observe the separate brochure "Driving on the race
track.
140
Choosing and topping up engine oil
Ingestion of engine oil
DANGER
Engine oil is harmful to health and can be fatal if
ingested.
e Keep engine oil out of reach of children.
e Keep pets away from engine oil. They may be
attracted to engine oil if it has been spilled, or if
old engine oil is stored in an open container.
e or are switched on.
If engine oil gets on your skin or in your eyes,
immediately rinse the affected areas with clean
water for a few minutes. Then consult a doctor
immediately.
e Observe all information on the engine oil refill
container.
Cancer risk from engine
WARNING
oil
Used engine oil contains chemicals that have been
shown to cause cancer in laboratory tests.
e Protect your skin by always washing yourself
thoroughly with soap and water.
Engine fans and other
WARNING
moving parts in the area
of the engine
When working in the engine compartment, hands,
fingers, articles of clothing, necklaces or long hair can
become trapped by moving parts, e.g. engine fans or
drive belts. The engine fans are installed under the
hood. After the engine is stopped, the engine com-
partment temperature is still monitored. Depending
on temperature, the engine fans may continue to run
e You should only work in this area with the ut-
most care and the engine should always be stop-
ped; make sure that body parts, articles of cloth-
ing and items of jewelry do not get trapped by
radiator fans, engine fans or other moving parts.
Burning engine oil
WARNING
Engine oil can ignite if it comes into contact with
hot engine parts. Engine oil stored in non-ventilated
areas or thrown-away cloths with engine oil residues
can self-combust and result in a fire.
e Wipe up spilled engine oil with a cloth.
e Cloths soaked with engine oil must be stored in a
well-ventilated area until disposal.
e Allow the engine to cool before topping up en-
gine oil.
NOTE
Too much or too little engine oil will damage the
engine. Too much engine oil can cause blue smoke to
form and will damage the emission control system in
the long term.
 Mobility and Minor Repairs

e Do not allow the oil level to drop below the mini- Adding engine oil
mum mark.
e Only add engine oil up to the maximum mark. If
the oil reservoir is overfilled, correct this at the
earliest opportunity. Visit an authorized Porsche
dealer. Porsche recommends an authorized Por-
sche dealer as they have trained technicians and
the necessary parts and tools.

– Porscherecommends that you use only engine

oils approved by Porsche. Observe the service
intervals.
– The oils approved by Porsche can be mixed with
each other.
– Do not mix in any oil additives.
– If an engine leak is suspected, have the engine
checked immediately. Fig. 153: Oil filler opening 911 GT3 RS

Fig. 152: Oil filler opening 911 GT3, 911 GT3 with touring For an optimal engine operation under race
Choosing the engine oil package track operation, an oil level of approx. 75 %
Porsche recommends . of display area B is recommended.
If a sticker bearing the name of an approved engine
Information
oil is affixed to the engine compartment, this infor-
mation takes priority over the information in this The difference between the minimum and maximum
manual. mark is around 1.06 quarts (1.0 liter).
Porsche recommends that you obtain information e Never add more engine oil than the maximum
about the correct engine oil from your Porsche part- mark.
ner and use this engine oil if you need to top up the e After adding engine oil: The system turns off
engine oil. approx. Wait 30 seconds and measure the oil
level again.
Vehicle Approval SAE viscosity
class 1. Read off the engine oil level in the instrument
cluster.
All Porsche C40, SAE 0W-40
alternatively: 2. Switch off the engine.
VW 511 00 3. Open the tailgate (service hatch).
g Refer to chapter “Tailgate (service hatch)“ on
page 29.

141
Mobility and Minor Repairs

4. Unscrew the cap of the oil filler opening.
5. Add the amount of engine oil displayed on the
instrument cluster. Never add more than the
amount of engine oil displayed. The difference
between the minimum and maximum mark is
around 1.06 quarts (1.0 liter).
6. Carefully close the cap of the oil filler opening.
7. Close the tailgate (service hatch).
Emergency Call System
Emergency call
Different emergency call systems may be used de-
pending on model, country and equipment. Help can
be requested via the emergency call system in an
emergency or in dangerous situations.
Despite activated private mode, location information
for the vehicle can be transmitted in the event of a
breakdown or emergency call as well as theft.
b Cellphone network available.
b Breakdown call system is ready for operation
(approx. 20 seconds after switching on the vehi-
cle).
Information
The emergency call system does not require a phone
registered in the vehicle as it has its own cellphone
module.
If the vehicle battery is disconnected or defective,
an integral battery ensures that the emergency call
system remains available for at least one hour for
queries from the emergency call center.
Information
When the cover is open, the SOS button can be ac-
cidentally pressed and therefore trigger an uninten-
tional emergency call.
e Always keep the SOS button cover closed when
driving.
e Only press the SOS button in an emergency.
Triggering an emergency call via SOS but-
ton

The emergency call system is activated by default on

vehicle delivery.
In unfavorable conditions (e.g., no cellphone network
available), it may not be possible to make an emer-
gency call to an emergency call center. Due to tech-
nical or organizational restrictions outside of Por-
sche's control (e.g., vehicle outside the coverage of
the legal emergency call system or no public emer-
gency call infrastructure available), it might not be
possible to make an emergency call to the specified
public emergency call center in certain circumstan-
ces. Fig. 154: SOS button and light indicator
Depending on the country, the emergency call is set
up to a statutory or public emergency call center. A SOS button
B Indicator light

142
 Mobility and Minor Repairs

Information Light indicator status display If queries from the emergency call center remain un-
answered, rescue measures can be initiated.
The emergency call cannot be triggered when the Indicator light Status
vehicle is not switched off.
Data transmission
Off Emergency call system
1. Press the cover plate to open it. During an emergency call, personal and vehicle-re-
is off
2. Press SOS button A (Fig. 154) for at least 1 lated data is transmitted to the emergency call cen-
second. If you press the SOS button again within Lights up green Emergency call system ter to determine the necessary rescue measures, if
6 seconds for at least 1 second, the emergency is ready for operation available.
call is canceled. Data is collected and transmitted to emergency serv-
🡆 Light indicator B (Fig. 154) flashes green Lights up or flashes red Error – emergency call ice control centers solely for the purpose of using the
while the call to the emergency call center is limited or not possible1 emergency call system within the specified emer-
being established. gency situations and in the context of applicable legal
3. If conditions permit, wait in the vehicle until the Flashes green Active emergency call provisions, in particular Art. 6(1)(d) of the GDPR. The
connection to the emergency call center is es- – emergency call is emergency call system is not traceable and there
tablished. established and data is no permanent tracking of the vehicle. Any data
is transmitted to the collected is deleted immediately after the data trans-
🡆 Light indicator B (Fig. 154) flashes green
emergency call center mission.
when the emergency call to the emergency
call center has been established. The following data is transmitted:
Lights up orange Active automatic emer-
If queries from the emergency call center remain gency call – Emergency – Vehicle identification number
unanswered, rescue measures can be initiated auto- call is established and – Vehicle drive type
matically. data is transmitted – Vehicle GPS position data
Information to the emergency call – GPS position data of the route shortly before the
center emergency call was triggered
If the light indicator flashes, but the emergency call
– Time of the triggered emergency call
center cannot be heard via the loudspeaker, the loud-
speaker may be defective, for example. However, the – Manually or automatically activated emergency
Automatic emergency call call
emergency call center may be able to hear you.
Information – Number of vehicle occupants
– Driving direction
When the vehicle is switched off, no automatic emer-
gency call can be made. – Severity of the accident (not for a legal emer-
gency call)
A connection to the emergency call center is estab- – Vehicle menu language (not for legal emergency
lished automatically immediately after triggering of calls)
the airbags. The automatic emergency call cannot be
prevented by pressing SOS button A (Fig. 154).

1. Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recommends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they have trained technicians and the necessary parts and tools.

143
Mobility and Minor Repairs
– Crash direction (not for legal emergency calls)
– Call number of the via Bluetooth® connected tel-
ephone (not for legal emergency call)
Information
− The transmission of the phone number is used
so that the emergency call center can reach the
customer after leaving the vehicle.
− Due to technical restrictions that are beyond the
control of Porsche data transmission cannot be
guaranteed for all phone numbers.
The setting for the data transmission of the call num-
ber can be made in PCM be changed.
g digital1
Digitally available:
– Breakdown Call
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
144
Car Care
General care instructions
Water film on brake disks
WARNING
In heavy rain, when driving through water or after
leaving a car wash, the braking effect may be delayed
and increased pressure may be required.
e Check the brakes after washing the vehicle.
e Allow a greater braking distance from the vehicle
in front and "brake" the brakes dry at intervals.
Ensure that this does not affect the traffic be-
hind.
Chemical detergents
WARNING
Detergents can be harmful to your health.
Most chemical detergents are concentrates that
need to be diluted. High concentrations can cause
problems ranging from irritation to serious injury.
e Keep detergent out of reach of children.
e
Observe all warnings.
e Always read the instructions on the container
before using any product. These notes can con-
tain important information about how to avoid
personal injury.
e Do not use volatile cleaning fluids such as kero-
sene, gasoline, nail polish remover, etc. They can
be toxic, flammable, or otherwise dangerous. Use
stain removers only in well-ventilated areas.
e Do not clean the underside of the chassis, fend-
ers, wheel covers, etc. without protecting your
hands and arms, as there is a risk of cutting
yourself on sharp-edged metal parts.
Regular and expert car care helps maintain the value
of your vehicle and can be a prerequisite for making
claims under the vehicle warranty.
Porsche recommends car care products from Por-
sche Tequipment.
e Please read the instructions for use on the pack-
aging of the car care product.
e Store car care products out of the reach of chil-
dren.
e Dispose of car care products in the correct man-
ner.
To ensure that the condition of the vehicle is checked
professionally and the warranty is retained for the
full period: Contact an authorized Porsche dealer. The
dealer will create a status report and will certify that
the vehicle is in good condition.
NOTE
No vehicle is absolutely leak-proof. Water can some-
times leak into the vehicle interior when cleaning the
vehicle.
High-pressure cleaning equipment or steam cleaners
may damage the following components:
Tires
Lettering, emblems, decorative and paint protection
films
Painted surfaces
Alternator
Electrical components and connectors in the engine
compartment
ParkAssist sensors
Rear view camera

Wiper blades
e Follow the operating instructions provided by the
equipment manufacturer.
e Do not use high-pressure cleaners or steam
cleaners to clean decorative films.
e When cleaning paint protection films, do not
point high-pressure cleaners at the edges of the
film.
e Always observe a minimum distance of 20 in.
(50 cm) during cleaning.
e Never use high-pressure cleaning equipment or
steam cleaners with round-jet nozzles. A high-
pressure cleaning device or steam cleaner fitted
with a round-jet nozzle will damage your vehicle.
Tires are particularly susceptible to damage.
e Do not aim the cleaning jet directly at any of the
above components.
e Always turn off the engine and allow it to cool
down before working in the engine compart-
ment.
e Never point the cleaning jet directly in openings,
e.g. spark plug shafts and air cleaner housing or
at the air filter. Cover openings before cleaning.
Wheel care
WARNING
Cleaning agent film on
brake disks
If cleaning agents (e.g. rim cleaner) come into con-
tact with the brake disks, the resulting film can impair
braking performance.
e Make sure that cleaning agent does not come
into contact with the brake disks.
e
If cleaning agents do come into contact with
the brake disks, clean the brake disks thoroughly
with a strong jet of water.
e Paying attention to any traffic behind you, dry
the brake disks by applying the brakes.
Metal particles (e.g. brass or copper in brake dust)
must not remain on alloy wheels for too long. Contact
corrosion can cause pitting.
Cleaners with an oxide-removing effect or incorrect
pH value, as are commonly used for other metals,
as well as mechanical equipment and products, will
damage the surface and are therefore unsuitable.
e Use only acid-free cleaners for alloy wheels (pH
value between 4 and 10). Products with the in-
correct pH value can destroy the surface of the
wheels.
e If possible, wash the wheels every two weeks
with a sponge or washing brush. If the wheels
are exposed to grit or industrial dust, weekly
cleaning is necessary.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Cleaning and caring for the vehicle in-
terior
Leather care
NOTE
The leather may become damaged by the use of
unsuitable cleaning agents and care products, and by
inappropriate treatment.
e Do not use aggressive cleaners or hard cleaning
objects.
e Make sure that perforated leather does not get
wet on its reverse side.
e Remove water drops from the leather immedi-
ately.
To ensure proper cleaning and care of your vehicle,
please observe the following:
e Clean all types of leather regularly to remove
fine dust using a soft, white woolen cloth, or a
commercially available microfiber cloth.
e Remove heavy dirt (no water or moisture stains)
with a leather cleaning agent. Read the instruc-
tions for use on the containers.
Porsche recommends car care products from
Porsche Tequipment.
e Treat cleaned leather only with a leather care
product.
145
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Cleaning carpet and floor mats
Obstructed pedals
WARNING
Unsuitable or incorrectly secured floor mats can inad-
vertently actuate or block the accelerator pedal and
brake pedal.
This can lead to unintentional or more difficult accel-
eration and braking.
e Only use floor mats that are suitable for the vehi-
cle.
e Secure floor mats properly and do not lay them
loosely.
e Do not lay several floor mats on top of each
other.
e Ensure that floor mats are securely fitted again
after they have been removed, e.g. for cleaning.
To ensure proper cleaning of your vehicle, please ob-
serve the following:
e Clean using a vacuum cleaner or a brush that is
not too soft.
e Remove heavy dirt and stains using a stain re-
mover.
Porsche recommends car care products from
Porsche Tequipment.
To protect carpets, the Porsche range of accessories
includes the correct size of floor mats with the appro-
priate fastening.
146
Cleaning airbag covers
Improper cleaning
DANGER
Unsuitable cleaning and care agents can penetrate
into the airbag system. Risk of damage to the airbag
system if incorrectly handled. The airbag system may
not deploy properly in the event of an accident.
e Do not make any modifications whatsoever to
individual components, such as the covers of the
steering wheel, dashboard, front seats, and door
and roof frame panels.
e Do not use cleaning agents or other liquids in the
area of the airbags.
Cleaning fabric linings
Fabric linings on pillars, roofliner, and sun visors, etc.
must only be cleaned using suitable cleaning agents,
suitable dry foam and a soft brush.
Caring for Race-Tex/other textiles
Do not use leather care products to clean microfiber
covers made of Race-Tex.
For regular care, it is sufficient to clean the cover
with a soft brush. Strong abrasion or rubbing when
cleaning will cause a lasting change to the surface.
e When lightly soiled, wet a soft cloth with water
or a pH neutral soap solution and wipe off the
dirt.
e When heavily soiled, wet a soft cloth with luke-
warm water or thinned white spirit and dab the
dirt from the outside in.
Steering wheels with a microfiber cover made of
Race-Tex can become more heavily soiled as a result
of permanent contact with the skin.
e When lightly soiled, wet a soft cloth with a pH
neutral soap solution and wipe the outer rim of
the steering wheel.
e When heavily soiled, the outer rim of the steer-
ing wheel can be cleaned by rubbing lightly or
dabbing with a soft cloth and a commercially
available upholstery foam cleaner in accordance
with the instructions provided by the foam man-
ufacturer.
Cleaning seat belts
To ensure proper cleaning of your vehicle, please ob-
serve the following:
e Use mild detergent for soiled seat belts.
e When drying, avoid direct sunlight.
e Only use suitable cleaning agents.
e Do not dye or bleach seat belts. The belt fabric
could be weakened and could therefore impair
safety.
Cleaning screens and touch displays
NOTE
Unsuitable cleaning and care agents and incorrect
treatment can damage screens and touch displays.

e Do not use solvents such as mineral spirits,
thinners, gasoline or acetone; alcohol (ethanol,
methanol or isopropyl alcohol) or abrasive agents
for cleaning.
e Do not spray cleaning agents or other liquids
directly onto screens or touch displays. The in-
gress of fluids can cause irreparable damage
to the electronics. Instead, moisten a cloth and
carefully wipe the screen.
e Only clean the screen when it is switched off.
To ensure proper cleaning of your vehicle, please ob-
serve the following:
e Screens and touch displays are susceptible to
scratching. Occasionally clean the screens and
touch displays carefully with a dry, clean and soft
cloth (microfiber cloth). Do not exert too much
pressure on the surface when cleaning.
e Remove finger prints with a slightly damp cloth
or a mild cleaning agent.
Laying up and storing the vehicle
If you intend to lay up and store your vehicle for
an extended period: Contact an authorized Porsche
dealer. They can provide information and advice
about the necessary measures, e.g. corrosion preven-
tion, car care, maintenance and storage.
g Refer to chapter “Towing“ on page 133.
For information on locking the vehicle when the bat-
tery is disconnected:
g Refer to chapter “Central Locking“ on page 31.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Refrigerant
Refrigerant under pres- Mobile air conditioning (MAC)
WARNING
sure
The air conditioning system contains pressurized re-
Maintenance of the mobile air conditioning
frigerant R1234yf.
system (MAC) must be carried out by an
e The refrigerant system may only be serviced by authorized service technician
trained and certified technicians to ensure that it
functions properly and safely (in accordance with
Flammable refrigerants
SAE J2845 Technician Training for Safe Service
and Containment of Refrigerants Used in Mobile
A / C System).
Evaporator
e Porsche recommends contacting an authorized
The air conditioning system evaporator (cooling coil)
Porsche dealer because they have trained tech-
must never be repaired or replaced with an evap-
nicians and the necessary parts and tools.
orator removed from a used or scrapped vehicle.
New MAC replacement evaporators must be certified
Marking for R1234yf
and labeled in accordance with SAE standard J2842
There is a symbol on the inside of the luggage com-
HFO-1234yf and R744 (Design Criteria and Certifi-
partment lid.
cation for OEM Mobile Air Conditioning Evaporator
and Service Replacements).
Digitally available:
– Cleaning and caring for the vehicle exterior
– Cleaning windows, headlights, lights, plastic
components and surfaces, sensors and cameras
– Caring for wiper blades
Fig. 155: Marking for R1234yf
– Cleaning door, roof, lid, and window seals
Pay attention to the safety symbols on the label for
R1234yf
Caution
Lubricant type
147
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Measurement on the test stand
Carrying out test stand measurements
WARNING
Inhalation of toxic ex-
haust gases
Danger of serious or fatal injuries due to inhalation of
toxic exhaust gases.
Exhaust gas contains colorless and odorless carbon
monoxide, which is toxic even in low concentrations.
e Only perform work with the engine running out-
doors or with suitable extraction systems for the
exhaust gases.
Inadequate securing of
WARNING
vehicle
An unsecured or incorrectly secured vehicle can move
unintentionally or tip or fall off lifting equipment such
as a jack or lifting platform, e.g. jack or lifting plat-
form, fall or tip. This can cause serious injuries and
damage.
e Raise the vehicle using a jack on a solid and flat
surface only.
e Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling
away, e.g. by means of chocks under the wheels
on the diagonally opposite side.
e Raise the vehicle only at the prescribed jacking
points on the vehicle underbody.
e Always place the vehicle on solid supports when
working under the vehicle. A jack is not suitable
for this purpose.
e Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised.
Engine vibrations can cause the vehicle to fall.
148
Performance measurement
Performance measurements on roller-type test
stands are not approved by Porsche.
Carrying out brake tests
e Brake tests must only be performed on roller-
type test stands.
The following limits must not be exceeded:
– Test speed 4.6 mph (7.5 km/h)
– Test duration 20 seconds
Carrying out electric parking brake tests
e Electric parking brake tests on the brake test
stand must only be performed with the ignition
switched on and with the manual gearshift lever
in neutral or with the Porsche Doppelkupplung
(PDK) selector lever in position N.
The vehicle switches automatically to the brake test
stand mode in which the electric parking brake can
be tested. A message appears on the instrument
cluster.
Tires and Wheels
Complying with load and speed re-
quirements
In addition to correct tire pressure and correct wheel
alignment, the service life of the tires also depends
on your driving style. Abrupt acceleration, high cor-
nering speeds and heavy braking increase tire wear.
Moreover, tread wear is increased at high outside
temperatures and on rough road surfaces.
e Drive at an appropriate speed.
e Do not overload the vehicle and check the roof
load.
g Refer to chapter “Technical Data“ on page 177.
NOTE
Never use radial and diagonal tires on the vehicle at
the same time
e Always use the same type of tire.

Tire pressure and Tire Pressure Moni-
toring System (TPMS)
Checking tire pressure
Low tire pressure
DANGER
Driving with insufficiently inflated tires increases the
risk of a flat tire and can subsequently lead to loss of
control of the vehicle.
In addition, insufficient tire pressure leads to in-
creased wear on the affected tires and causes dam-
age.
e Use a precise tire pressure gage to check tire
pressures.
e Do not exceed the maximum pressure indicated
on the tire wall.
e Cold tire pressure means that when you adjust
the tire pressure, all tires must be cold, with a
maximum outside temperature of 68 °F (20 °C).
Make sure that the tires are not exposed to
direct sunlight before measuring the cold pres-
sures, as otherwise the pressures would increase
due to the influence of temperature.
e Check tire pressures at least once a month when
the tires are cold.
e Valve caps protect the valve from dust and dirt
and thus from leaks. Always screw the caps
tightly. Replace missing caps immediately.
e Use only plastic valve caps.
e For safety reasons, do not use compressed air
cylinders to inflate the tires.
NOTE
A tire pressure that is excessively low can cause the
tires to overheat and become damaged, even invisi-
bly.
e Hidden tire damage will not be rectified by cor-
recting the tire pressure.
e Never release air from hot tires. Tire pressure is
increased in hot tires. The tire pressure would
drop below the prescribed value.
g Refer to chapter “Technical Data“ on page 177.
When tires are warm, the tire pressure is increased.
e Never deflate hot tires. This could cause the tire
pressure to drop below the prescribed value.
Insufficient tire pressure can cause tires to overheat
and be damaged, which is not always visible to the
naked eye. Hidden tire damage is not corrected by
subsequently correcting the tire pressure.
Fig. 156: Tire pressure sign in door sill
Mobility and Minor Repairs
The tire pressure must correspond to the prescribed
value.
The tire pressure is indicated on the plate on the
driver's door sill and in "Technical data". The values
refer to cold tires (68°F (20°C).
e Check the tire pressure of cold tires at least
every 2 weeks.
Check the tire pressure with a pressure
gage
– Remove the valve cap from the tire.
– Press the pressure gage onto the valve.
– Read the tire pressure from the gage and com-
pare it with the permissible tire pressure. This
information can be found on the tire pressure
plate or in the "Technical Data" section.
g Refer to chapter “Technical Data“ on page 177.
– Remove the pressure gage.
Fig. 157: Example tire pressure plate
A Seating capacity
Maximum number of vehicle passengers including
the driver.
B Load limit
Maximum permissible total weight of the load
(passengers and luggage) for the vehicle. This is
the maximum weight of occupants and luggage
that the vehicle can be loaded with.
149
Mobility and Minor Repairs
C Load limit
Factory-fitted tire size.
D Recommended tire pressure when the tires are
cold
These values refer to cold tires (68°F (20°C).
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Defective tires
WARNING
Driving with defective tires can result in serious acci-
dents.
e If a red tire pressure warning appears on the in-
strument cluster: Stop immediately in a suitable
place and check the tires for damage. If neces-
sary, remedy the damage with tire sealant or fit
the spare wheel.
e Do not continue to drive with defective tires.
Have defective tires replaced immediately. Visit
an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recom-
mends an authorized Porsche dealer as they have
trained technicians and the necessary parts and
tools.
e Do not drive with tires that repeatedly lose
pressure in a short space of time. If in doubt,
have the tire checked by an authorized Porsche
dealer. Porsche recommends an authorized Por-
sche dealer as they have trained technicians and
the necessary parts and tools.
150
High speed with comfort
WARNING
pressure
Excessive speed when comfort pressure is set dam-
ages the tires and wheels.
e Reduce speed to below the displayed maximum
speed displayed on the instrument cluster.
e For higher speeds, inflate the tires to the stand-
ard inflation pressure.
Every tire, including the spare tire (if available) should
be checked once a month when cold and corrected to
the value recommended by the vehicle manufacturer,
which can be found on the vehicle's tire pressure
plate. (If the vehicle is equipped with tires that are
different in size from the size indicated on the ve-
hicle's tire pressure label, the correct tire pressure
must be obtained for those tires.) For additional
safety, the vehicle has been equipped with a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS), which lights up
with a warning if the tire pressure of one or more tires
is significantly low. If the tire pressure warning light
comes on, you should stop as soon as possible, check
the tires and correct the tire pressure. Driving with
significantly low tire pressure makes the tire too hot
and can cause tire damage. In addition, excessively
low tire pressure leads to greater fuel consumption
and tire wear, and can impair driving and braking
properties. It should be noted that TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire care and it is the driver's
responsibility to ensure that the tire pressure is cor-
rect, even if the tire pressure has not dropped enough
for the tire pressure warning light to come on. The
Tire Pressure Monitoring System is displayed and set
on the multifunction display. However, the tires still
need to be inflated manually.
g Refer to chapter “Technical Data“ on page 177.
The TPMS offers the following functions:
– Permanent monitoring of tire pressure and tire
temperature.
– Displays the actual tire pressure (actual pres-
sure) during the trip.
– Tire pressure warnings in two stages (yellow and
red warning).
– Vehicle stationary: Display of the pressure devia-
tion from the required pressure.
– Saving and monitoring of individual tire pres-
sures for driving on race circuits.
The tire pressure warning light and a correspond-
ing message on the instrument cluster warn of a
loss of pressure in two stages (yellow and red tire
pressure warning, depending on the extent of the
pressure loss).
The tire pressure warning light only goes out when
the tire pressure has been corrected to the required
pressure.
The yellow tire pressure warning is displayed for
approx. 10 seconds after the vehicle comes to a
standstill and is switched off or when the vehicle is
switched on again. The yellow tire pressure warning
can be acknowledged when the vehicle is switched
on. The red tire pressure warning also appears while
driving and can be acknowledged.
e If the tire pressure warning light comes on and
a tire pressure warning is displayed despite the
correct tire pressure: Visit an authorized Porsche
dealer. Porsche recommends an authorized Por-
sche dealer as they have trained technicians and
the necessary parts and tools.

Information
The Tire Pressure Monitoring system issues warn-
ings relating to loss of pressure due to natural diffu-
sion and gradual loss of pressure caused by foreign
bodies. The Tire Pressure Monitoring system cannot
warn of sudden damage to the tire (e.g. punctures
due to sudden external influences).
Malfunctions in the Tire Pressure Monitor-
ing system
The vehicle is also equipped with a TPMS fault light
that comes on when the system is not working prop-
erly. The TPMS fault light is combined with the tire
pressure warning light. When the system detects a
malfunction, the indicator light flashes for about a
minute and then remains on. As long as the malfunc-
tion persists, this sequence will be repeated when the
vehicle is started again. If the fault light is on, the
system may be unable to detect or report low tire
pressures as intended. The TPMS can malfunction for
a number of reasons. This also includes fitting other
tires or replacing/swapping wheels that prevent the
TPMS from working properly. After every tire or wheel
replacement, check the TPMS fault light on your ve-
hicle to make sure that the new tires or wheels do not
interfere with the proper functioning of the TPMS.
Monitoring is interrupted in the following cases:
– Fault in the Tire Pressure Monitoring System.
– Missing wheel sensors for the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
– In the learning phase after the tire settings have
been updated.
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
– After the wheels have been changed without up-
dating the tire settings.
– If the tire temperatures are too high.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes-
sages“ on page 107.
Retrieving the tire pressure
Fig. 158: Example of current pressure
The individual tire pressures are only displayed above
a speed of approx. 16 mph (25 km/h) or if the tire
has been inflated by at least 1.5 psi (0.1 bar). When
the ignition is switched on after the vehicle has been
stationary for more than approx. 10 minutes, lines
(-.-) are shown in place of the tire pressures.
e Tire info e Current pressure
g Refer to chapter “Operating the instrument clus-
ter“ on page 96.
The actual pressure is displayed for information pur-
poses only. The tire pressure changes according to
the temperature.
e Under no circumstances should the tire pres-
sures for public roads be changed based on this
display.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Tire pressure for race circuits
For driving on a race circuit, you can set and monitor
pressures different to those used for road mode. This
means that experienced drivers can adapt the tire
pressure individually according to the race circuit.
Race circuit mode is not intended for driving on pub-
lic roads.
Tire pressure too low
WARNING
Even if the Tire Pressure Monitoring system is acti-
vated, the driver is still responsible for ensuring that
the set tire pressures for driving on race circuits, for
example, are selected while driving.
e Adjust the required pressures to suit the maxi-
mum intended driving speeds.
e Observe TPM warning messages.
Activating tire pressure for race circuits
There are two options:
Activation via the TRACK driving program
The TRACK driving program can be configured so
that the tire pressures for driving on race circuits
are monitored in the TPM system when the driving
program is selected.
For information on the driving programs:
g digital1
e Select the TRACK driving program.
– or –
Activation via the instrument cluster
e Tire pressure e Current pressure e Activate
Race track
151
Mobility and Minor Repairs
A message appears in the instrument cluster and the
symbol is continuously displayed.
When tire pressures for race circuits are activated for
the first time, the setpoint pressures of the selected
tire are monitored for the race circuit. When tire
pressures for race circuits are activated again, the
last stored tire pressures are monitored.
Setting new tire pressures for race circuits
b Tire pressure for race circuits activated.
b Current tire pressures are displayed.
e Set the desired pressures for driving on race cir-
cuits on the wheel.
e Tire pressure e Race circuit e New pressures
🡆 A message appears on the instrument clus-
ter.
Information
The minimum pressure in the tire must not be less
than 26 psi (1.8 bar) per wheel.
If the minimum pressure in the tire is not reached, a
message appears in the instrument cluster and the
new pressures are not accepted. The message can be
acknowledged.
e In this case, set the new pressures again.
Deactivating tire pressure for race circuits
b Tire pressure for race circuits activated.
e Tire pressure e Race circuit e Deactivate Race
track
The symbol in the instrument cluster goes out.
If the tire pressure is too low, a message appears in
the instrument cluster.
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
152
e If necessary, adjust the tire pressure on the
wheel to the required pressure.
Race circuit mode in the TPM is automatically deacti-
vated in the following situations:
– When ignition is switched off.
– When switching from TRACK to the SPORT or
NORMAL driving program.
g digital1
Displaying pressure deviation
Fig. 159: Example pressure deviation
b Vehicle is stationary.
e Tire pressure e Pressure deviation
g Refer to chapter “Operating the instrument clus-
ter“ on page 96.
The pressure deviation from the required pressure
on the relevant wheel is displayed. Example: If the
value for the right rear tire is shown as –0.1 bar, this
tire must be inflated by 1.4 psi (0.1 bar). The tire
temperature has already been taken into account in
the pressure shown.
e You should only use the pressure deviation from
the display or the corresponding tire pressure
warning to correct the tire pressure.
Setting tires
Edit settings for tire type and size, load and comfort
pressure/standard pressure via the touch display on
the dashboard:
g Refer to chapter “Setting the Tire Pressure Moni-
toring System (TPMS) in PCM“ on page 152.
Setting the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-
tem (TPMS) in PCM
WARNING
Incorrect tire pressure
Too low or too high tire pressure destroys the tire and
wheel, extends the braking distance, and significantly
increases the risk of an accident.
Even if the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is avail-
able, it is the driver's responsibility to ensure that
the tires are inflated to the right tire pressure and
that the vehicle settings are correct. Incomplete or
incorrect settings can affect the output of warnings
and notices.
e Adapt tire pressure to the fitted tires.
e Make sure that the settings in the tire pressure
monitoring menu correspond to the tires fitted to
the vehicle (especially after changing wheels).
e Select tire type and size in the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System menu again, even if a newly
fitted wheel set has the same settings as its
predecessor.

Displaying pressure deviation and filling in-
formation
b Vehicle is stationary.
e e Settings Vehicle e Tire pressure
monitoring e Pressure deviation
The required pressure and the pressure deviation
from the required pressure at the relevant wheel as
well as the setting for tire type and size as well as
performance pressure are displayed.
Example: If the value for the right rear tire is shown
as –0.1 bar, this tire must be inflated by 1.4 psi
(0.1 bar). The tire temperature has already been
taken into account in the pressure shown.
e You should only use the pressure deviation from
the display or the corresponding tire pressure
warning to correct the tire pressure.
In the case of tires that have not yet been taught-in,
the new required pressures are displayed instead of
the actual pressure differences.
Setting the tire type and tire size
Information
The options available depend on the model and tire
type. It is therefore possible that not all the options
shown here are available.
e Before fitting tires and wheels with dimensions
that are not available in the Tire Pressure Moni-
toring System menu, have the missing informa-
tion added. Visit an authorized Porsche dealer.
Porsche recommends an authorized Porsche
dealer as they have trained technicians and the
necessary parts and tools.
e Only use tires and wheels approved by Porsche.
e e Settings Vehicle e Tire pressure
monitoring e Tire selection
Selecting performance pressure or standard
pressure
The tire pressures can be reduced to improve per-
formance.
If performance pressure is selected, the Tire Pressure
Monitoring system automatically uses lower required
pressure values when monitoring tire pressure.
e e Settings Vehicle e Tire pressure
monitoring e Performance pressure
Performance pressure
Performance pressure is activated.
Performance pressure
Standard pressure is activated.
e Adapt tire pressures to performance pressure or
standard pressure.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Teaching the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-
tem (TPMS)
After the tires have been changed, the wheel sensor
has been replaced, or the tire settings have been up-
dated, the Tire Pressure Monitoring system starts to
teach the tires. The Tire Pressure Monitoring system
recognizes the wheels and their installation position.
The position and pressure data is available as soon as
the Tire Pressure Monitoring system has assigned the
recognized wheels to the correct wheel position.
During the learning process, the required pressures
for cold tires 68 °F / 20 °C are displayed in the PCM
and a message appears on the instrument cluster.
The tire pressure warning light on the instrument
cluster remains on until the information for all wheels
has been taught.
UTQG (Uniform Tire Quality Grading) and
tire glossary
WARNING
Misuse of tires
The temperature rating for this tire refers to a tire
that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Exces-
sively high speed, excessively low tire pressure or
excessively heavy loads can lead to heat build-up and
tire failure both individually or together.
e The maximum permissible speed for the tires
mounted on the vehicle should not be exceeded.
e The tire pressure should be set correctly.
e The maximum payload of the vehicle should be
observed.
153
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Fig. 160: "Treadwear", "Traction" and "Temperature" of the
tire
Quality classes may be shown on the tire wall be-
tween the tread shoulder and the maximum tire
width. All car tires must also meet Federal Safety
Requirements. Indication of quality classes, if appli-
cable.
"Treadwear"
The "Treadwear" classification is based on the com-
parison of the rate of wear of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified state test
track. A tire classified with "150", for example, would
wear out one and a half times as quickly on the test
track as a tire with the classification "100". However,
this relative tire performance depends on the actual
operating conditions and can differ significantly from
the norm depending on driving style, maintenance,
route characteristics and climate.
g Refer to chapter “Checking tire tread“ on page 157.
154
"Traction" AA, A, B, C
The traction classes in descending order are AA, A, B
and C, and they represent the tire's ability to stop on
wet surfaces. This is measured under controlled con-
ditions on specified state test areas made of asphalt
and concrete. A tire marked with a "C" may have poor
traction performance.
Information
The assigned traction class is based on braking trac-
tion tests (straight ahead) and does not include
cornering, acceleration, aquaplaning or peak traction
properties.
Temperature A, B, C
The temperature classes are A (highest), B and C, and
represent the heat resistance of the tire and its ability
to dissipate heat. This is tested under controlled con-
ditions on a specified laboratory test bench.
Persistently high temperatures can affect the tire
material and shorten the life of the tire, while exces-
sively high temperatures can cause tire failure.
The "C" classification corresponds to a performance
required of all passenger car tires (Federal Motor Ve-
hicle Safety Standard No. 109). The classifications
"B" and "A" stand for a laboratory test performance
that is above the minimum legal requirements.
Tire glossary
Radial tires
An air-filled tire, the cords of which are arranged
transversely to the center profile groove.
Fabric layer
A layer of rubber-coated, parallel threads.
Cord
The threads that make up the layers of fabric.
Rim
A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly
that the tire beads sit on.
Bead
The part of the tire made of steel wires that is rein-
forced with cord and shaped to match the rim.
Sidewall/tire wall
The part of a tire located between the tread and the
bead.
Tread
The part of the tire that comes into contact with the
road surface.
Tire pressure plate
A plate attached in the area of the door sill containing
information on the seating capacity, the load limit,
the size of the original tires and the recommended
tire pressure.
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
An identification number on radial tires with informa-
tion about the manufacturer, the tire size, the tire
type and the production date.
Tire pressure
A measure of how much air is in the tire. Tire pressure
is measured in kilopascals (kPa), pounds per square
inch (psi), or bar.
Cold tire pressure
The tire pressure of a cold tire at an ambient temper-
ature of no more than 68°F/20°C and without direct
sunlight.

Maximum permitted tire pressure
The maximum permitted pressure to which a cold tire
can be inflated.
Recommended tire pressure
The pressure indicated on the tire pressure plate
when the tires are cold.
kPa (kilopascals)
A metric unit for tire pressure.
PSI (pounds per square inch)
A standard unit of tire pressure.
g p. 178
Overloaded
DANGER
Overloaded
Overloading can lead to dangerous vehicle reactions
and longer braking distances.
e Do not overload the vehicle.
e If you are going to load the vehicle, first correct
the tire pressure. The tire pressure for a loaded
vehicle can be found on the tire pressure plate
and in the "Technical data" chapter.
g Refer to chapter “Technical Data“ on page 177.
e Never exceed the specified axle load.
NOTE
Risk of vehicle and tire damage. Overload damage is
not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Tire damage can also be caused by overloading. Such
damage is not covered by the tire warranty.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
e Do not overload the vehicle. Information
e If you are going to load the vehicle, first correct You can also check the tire pressure and inflate your
the tire pressure. The tire pressure for a loaded tires at service stations.
vehicle can be found on the tire pressure plate
and in the "Technical data" chapter. Reducing inflation pressure
g Refer to chapter “Technical Data“ on page 177. 1. Switch off the compressor.
e Never exceed the specified axle load. 2. Open the air bleed screw on the filler hose until
the correct pressure is achieved.
Inflating tires
CAUTION
Hot filler hose Reading the inscription on the tires and
rims
The compressor filler hose can become hot during Reading off inscription on tires
filling and cause burns.
e Wear gloves.
The compressor is located under the cover in the
luggage compartment.
g Refer to chapter “Luggage compartment (service
room)“ on page 119.
g Follow the operating instructions for the compres-
sor. Fig. 161: Inscription on radial tires
1. Screw the compressor filler hose onto the tire A – Tire size
valve.
Example: P 265/40R18 (101Y)
2. Connect the compressor to a socket in the vehi-
cle and switch on the compressor. – P - The tire is designed for cars. This information
is not found on every tire.
🡆 The tire is inflated.
– 265 – Tire width in mm.
3. Check the inflation pressure with the pressure
– 40 – Ratio of tire height to tire width in percent.
gauge and reduce the tire pressure or continue
– R – Code letter for radial tires.
filling as required. Check the tire pressure again.
– 18 – Rim diameter in inches.
4. Switch off the compressor.
– 101 – Load index.
5. Unscrew the compressor filler hose.
– Y – Speed index.
– XL (Extra Load) – Tires with increased load ca-
pacity.
155
Mobility and Minor Repairs

B – TIN (Tire Identification Number)

T Up to 190 km/h (118
Example: DOT xx xx xxxx xxxx mph)
The DOT symbol indicates that the tires meet the re-
quirements of the US Department of Transportation, H Up to 210 km/h (131
and includes the following information: mph)
– The first two digits indicate the manufacturer. V Up to 240 km/h (150
– The next two characters indicate the tire size. mph)
– The next four characters indicate the type of tire.
– The next four characters indicate the production W Up to 270 km/h (167
date. If the last four digits are "0204", for exam- mph)
ple, the tire was produced in the second calendar
week of 2004. Y Up to 300 km/h (186
mph)
C – Ply composition and material
The number of layers in the tread and sidewalls and (Y) Up to 300 km/h (186
their material composition. mph) as for Y tires.
Fig. 162: Inscription on rims
D – Maximum permitted tire pressure Speeds of up to 300
km/h (185 mph) are A Rim width in inches
The maximum permitted pressure to which a cold tire
also possible with a B Rim-flange contour code letter
can be inflated.
maximum tire load ca- C Symbol for drop-center rim
– Do not exceed the maximum permitted tire pres- pacity of 85% (speeds D Rim diameter in inches
sure. in excess of 300 km/h E Double hump
E – Maximum load capacity (185 mph) require con- F Rim offset in mm
firmation from the tire
The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that
manufacturer).
the tire can carry. When replacing tires, make sure
that the new tire has the same load capacity as the
factory-fitted tire.
Reading inscription on rims
F – Radial
The information is located on the rear of the spokes
This code indicates whether the tire ply is radial.
near the tire valve.
G – Code for tubeless or tubular tires
Code for tubeless tires.
Speed index
The speed index letter indicates the maximum per-
mitted speed for the tire. This information is located
on the sidewall.

156

Checking tires
Identifying tire damage
Hidden tire damage and
WARNING
damage to the rim flange
Hidden tire damage can cause the tire to burst. You
may lose control of the vehicle.
e Check tires, including the sidewalls, regularly for
embedded foreign bodies, nicks, cuts, cracks and
bulges.
e Cross curb edges slowly and at right angles if
possible. Avoid driving over steep or sharp curbs
or objects with sharp edges (e.g. stones) heavily
or at an acute angle.
e If in doubt, have the tire, especially the inner
side, checked by an expert. Visit an authorized
Porsche dealer. Porsche recommends an author-
ized Porsche dealer as they have trained techni-
cians and the necessary parts and tools.
e Tire repairs are not permitted under any circum-
stances. Sealing a tire with tire sealant is only an
emergency solution so that you can drive to the
nearest workshop.
For safety reasons, tires must be replaced in the
event of the following types of damage:
– If the possibility of a fracture in the ply cannot be
ruled out.
– If the tire was thermally or mechanically over-
loaded as a result of pressure loss or other prior
damage.
Checking and replacing valves and valve
caps
e Use only genuine Porsche valves for the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).
e Have the valves checked and replaced if neces-
sary whenever the tires are changed. Porsche
recommends an authorized Porsche dealer as
they have trained technicians and the necessary
parts and tools.
If valve caps are missing, the valve is unprotected
from dust and dirt, which may result in leaks.
e Always screw on valve caps tightly to protect
valve inserts from dirt. Dirty valve inserts can
cause creeping air loss.
e Replace missing valve caps immediately.
e Use only plastic valve caps.
Checking tire tread
1. Check the tread regularly, especially before and
after long drives.
2. The original equipment tires of the Porsche have
built-in tire wear indicators. They are molded
into the tire grooves and are visible as bands
approx. 12 mm (1/2 inch) wide when the tire
tread depth is only 1.6 mm (1/16 inch).
3. When the wear indicators become visible in two
or more adjacent grooves, it is time to replace
the tires. However, it is recommended not to let
the tires wear out this much.
4. Worn tires do not offer enough road grip and are
less effective on wet roads.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
5. For safety reasons, the tires should be replaced
before the wear indicators become visible. Snow
tires are no longer suitable if the tread depth is
less than 4 mm (5/32 inch).
6. In the United States, the minimum permitted
tread depth may be regulated at state level. All
relevant regulations must be observed.
Measuring tire tread depth
e Insert a commercially available tread depth
gauge or caliper in the tire tread and measure
the tire tread depth.
Information
Unevenly worn tires indicate a fault on the vehicle:
e
Visit an authorized Porsche dealer – they have
trained technicians and the necessary parts and
tools
Replacing tires and wheels
e Switch off the ignition when changing tires.
Lack of grip
WARNING
Initially, new tires do not provide their full grip.
e You should therefore drive at moderate speeds
during the first 120 miles (200 km), to extend
the service life of the tires and achieve full per-
formance capability.
e Only fit tires from the same manufacturer and
with the same specification number (e.g. "NA) on
the vehicle.
e Before fitting new tires, inquire about their cur-
rent approval status: Contact an authorized Por-
sche dealer.
157
Mobility and Minor Repairs
e Use only tire makes tested and approved by Por-
sche.
e The difference in tread depths on one axle must
not exceed 30 %.
e Use second-hand tires only if their prior usage is
known.
e Always replace both tires on one axle to avoid
any unnecessary effect on driving behavior due
to varying tread depths.
e Only authorized Porsche dealers may fit tires.
Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec-
ommends an authorized Porsche dealer as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
e Adjust your driving style to the altered handling
behavior.
e Only use tires with tire pressure sensors for the
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).
e Make sure the wheels are compatible with the
TPMS on your vehicle. For information on suita-
ble wheels and on the TPMS on your vehicle:
Contact an authorized Porsche dealer.
e When changing a tire, check the battery charge
state of the tire pressure sensors: Visit an au-
thorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recommends
an authorized Porsche dealer as they have
trained technicians and the necessary parts and
tools.
g Refer to chapter “Technical Data“ on page 177.
158
Information
If new tires are fitted on one axle only, a noticeable
change in handling occurs due to the different tread
depth of the other tires. This is especially the case if
only the rear tires are replaced. However, this effect
decreases continuously as the tire mileage increases.
Fitting tires
Fitting tires incorrectly on the rim can damage both
the tire and rim, which may cause the tire to burst.
You may lose control of the vehicle.
e Always have an authorized Porsche dealer fit
your tires. Visit an authorized Porsche dealer.
Porsche recommends an authorized Porsche
dealer as they have trained technicians and the
necessary parts and tools.
Balancing wheels
As a precaution, have wheels balanced in spring
(summer tires) and before winter (M+S tires) by an
authorized Porsche dealer.
e Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec-
ommends an authorized Porsche dealer as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
Changing wheels with central lock
Special features of the
WARNING
central lock
Changing a wheel with a central lock differs signifi-
cantly from a wheel with a standard screw connec-
tion.
Improperly changing a wheel or using unsuitable
tools can lead to damage or malfunctions, including
loosening of the wheel.
e When changing a wheel, the procedure descri-
bed below should be followed exactly.
e Only use the original wrench socket to loosen
and fasten the central bolt.
e Use a suitable torque wrench that is suitable for
the high tightening torque of 442 ftlb. (600 Nm)
and whose tolerance is a maximum of 15% of
the target value.
WARNING
Working under the vehicle
As a result of the high assembly forces, the vehicle
can roll away and slip off the jack.
e If available, always use a lift.
e Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling
away, e.g. by means of chocks under the wheels
on the diagonally opposite side.
e Make sure that there is no one inside the vehicle
when jacking it up and changing the wheel.
e Raise the vehicle only at the prescribed jacking
points on the vehicle underbody.
e Never jack up the vehicle on a surface that
slopes up, down or to the side.

Defective bolted connec-
WARNING
tion through use of unau-
thorized components and
wheels
Unsuitable wheel sizes or incorrectly dimensioned
components in the hub area of accessory wheels can
cause components to break or become damaged. The
use of additional spacers may also impair the overall
function of the wheel mounting.
e Only use components that have been approved
by Porsche.
e Never use spacers.
NOTE
The hard blows of an impact wrench damage the
central bolt and the retainer.
The reaction arm of a cordless impact wrench can
damage the rims.
When using a cordless impact wrench without a re-
action arm, the high torque cannot be countered and
there is a risk of tilting.
e Do not use an impact wrench.
e Do not use a cordless impact wrench.
NOTE
The wheel must not stand on the ground during bolt-
ing and must turn completely freely. Otherwise, the
weight of the vehicle leads to tension and imbalance
in the screw connection.
e Make sure the vehicle is not standing on the
wheel that is to be secured during fitting.
e Only use a suitable torque wrench.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Information only be unscrewed using this original multi-tooth
tool. Always leave the socket in the vehicle so
The tools needed for changing wheels, e.g., jack, that it is available in the event of a breakdown.
wheel bolt wrench, assembly aids, are not included
in the standard scope of supply for the vehicle.
For information on this: Contact an authorized Por-
sche dealer.
Information
The tire and wheel sizes on both axles are different.
When removing the wheels, mark the direction of
rotation and position on each wheel and carry out the
installation according to these markings.
e Only use wheels/tires with approved dimensions
for the relevant axle.
Prepare the wheel
The Porsche Central locking is a coordinated overall Fig. 163: Socket with auxiliary tool
system, consisting of:
2. The auxiliary tool is located in socket C
– Wheel (Fig. 163) to remove the cover. Remove this
– Central screw with loss protection from the square and stow it there after use.
– Brake disc 3.
– Wheel studs
NOTE
– Wheel hub The hub cap may be scratched in the case of
– Cap careless removal.
Always have work on the vehicle carried out by an e Exercise care when removing the hub cap.
authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche recommends an
authorized Porsche dealer, as they have trained tech-
nicians and the necessary parts and tools.
1. Remove the socket g Refer to chapter “Removing
and stowing tire sealant (Tire Mobility System
– TMS), tool box and equipment for roadside
assistance“ on page 120.. The central bolt may
159
Mobility and Minor Repairs

5. Raise the vehicle only at the prescribed jacking

points.
g Refer to chapter “Jack and Lifting Platform“ on
page 175.
6. Raise the vehicle until the wheel lifts off the
ground. Do not lower the vehicle until the end
of assembly.

Dismantle the wheel

Fig. 164: Lever out the cover with an auxiliary tool

Fig. 166: Loosen the safety bolt
Carefully lever the wheel hub cover out of
its seating using the auxiliary tool. Insert the
Fig. 165: Vehicle has been raised
metal tongue deep into the opening groove A
(Fig. 164) on the central bolt and then swivel e Ensure that the vehicle is not standing on the
the handle back for this purpose. Then swivel the wheel to be secured during fitting.
auxiliary tool back more than 90°.
Information
Preparing the vehicle If the socket cannot be pushed open:
After a very long period of use or heavy use, clamp
1. Vehicles with PDC: Insert selector lever position
safety bolt A .
P.
– or – e In this case, loosen the safety bolt A (Fig. 166)
Vehicles with manual transmission: Move the with a suitable tool, for example by using a thin
gear lever to neutral. round bar, with light rubber mallet.
2. Activate electric parking brake.
3. Turn off ignition.
Fig. 167: Put on the socket
4. Securing vehicle to prevent it from rolling away,
e.g., by means of chocks under the wheels on the
diagonally opposite side.

160
 Mobility and Minor Repairs

1. Position the socket and push it on against a e When loosening the central bolt, make sure Remove the wheel carefully.
slight resistance (Fig. 167). that the wrench socket remains pushed on
🡆 The socket audibly clicks into place. This fully and does not slide out of position. Prepare wheel assembly
opens the safety lock of the central bolt. e Note the direction of rotation. Before the wheel is fitted, the components involved
2. Insert a torque wrench or a long lever (ideal e Hold the steering wheel tightly when loos- must be cleaned, checked and, in some cases,
length 1.2 m – 1.5 m) into the socket with a ening the front wheels. greased. Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche
1”-square connection. recommends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they
3. With the help of a second person brake the have trained technicians and the necessary parts and
wheel firmly with the brake pedal to prevent it tools.
from turning. The turning forces cannot be held
by the parking brake or the transmission alone.
Central bolts
4. Sudden loosening of
WARNING
the central bolt
A very high torque is required to loosen the
central bolt. The loosening torque can be signif-
icantly greater than the tightening torque. The
bolt may begin to loosen suddenly.
An inadequately attached wrench socket can
slide off and lead to injuries.
e Make sure there is sufficient clearance so
that neither people nor vehicle parts will be
harmed if the lever breaks away. Fig. 168: Removing the central bolt

e When loosening the central bolt, make sure Loosen the central screw with great force and
that the wrench socket remains pushed on then unscrew it completely (Fig. 168). The
fully and does not slide out of position. socket must remain fully open until the end.
5. Put down the central bolt with the visible side
NOTE
up, protected from e.g., water, dust, dirt etc. Fig. 169: Check the conical ring
6. NOTE
Opening the central lock with an incompletely e Cone ring C (Fig. 169) must be able to be turned
pushed-in socket can damage the anti-loss de- in the central screw without great resistance or
vice. Risk of damage to brake disks on vehicles with jerking. If turning is almost impossible, grease
Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake (PCCB). the inside of the central screw again.
e When removing the wheel, do not place it on
the PCCB brake disk.
e Use the PCCB assembly aid.

161
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec-
ommends an authorized Porsche dealer, as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
Fig. 170: Check loss protection
e Loss protection D (Fig. 170) must turn clock-
wise. It clicks like a safe lock.
e The loss prevention D (Fig. 170) must not be
able to be turned counter-clockwise. Irregular
clicking, delayed locking, skipping, or jamming
indicate damage to the anti-loss device.
Never use this central screw.
162
Fig. 172: Place the wheel on the wheel hub
Fig. 171: Check safety bolts
1. Put the wheel onto the wheel hub carefully and
e The safety bolt E. (Fig. 171) Push about an inch without tilting (Fig. 172). Thread the wheel into
into the screw. When you let go, the bolt must the wheel bolts by turning it slightly and push it
snap back. Clamping indicates damage to the against the brake disc.
anti-loss device.
Never use the central screw and the anti-loss
device.
Remove the wheel
NOTE
Risk of damage to brake disks on vehicles with Por-
sche Ceramic Composite Brake (PCCB).
e When attaching the wheel to the wheel hub, do
not position it on the PCCB brake disk.
e Use the PCCB assembly aid.
Fig. 173: Filter parts
 Mobility and Minor Repairs

2. Grease the following surfaces each time the

wheel is fitted:
– Old grease and dirt on conical surface E
(Fig. 173) in the wheel as well as on the
front outside F (Fig. 173) wipe the wheel
hub. Then grease very thinly with aluminum
paste. This allows the screw connection to
slide better into its seat.
– Thread G (Fig. 173) in the wheel hub must
be well greased. To do this, re-grease with
aluminum grease at every screw connection.
Do not remove old grease. All other parts
must be grease-free.
– Only use accessories that have been ap-
proved by Porsche.
Fig. 175: Put on the socket Fig. 176: Tightening the central bolt

4. Position the socket and push it on against a 7. Tighten the central bolt again to 442 ftlb
slight resistance (Fig. 175). (600 Nm) (Fig. 176).
🡆 The socket audibly clicks into place. This
opens the safety lock of the central bolt.
5. Insert the torque wrench with a 1” square con-
nection into the socket.
6. With the help of a second person brake the
wheel firmly with the brake pedal to prevent it
from turning. The turning forces cannot be held
by the parking brake or the transmission alone.
Fig. 177: Check the position of the locking bolt
Hold the steering wheel tightly when loosening
the front wheels. 8. Make sure that locking bolt C (Fig. 177) at the
front of the bevel of the toothing.

Fig. 174: Screwing in the central bolt

9. Lower the vehicle fully.
10. Slightly grease the rubber ring of the sealing
3. Insert the central screw into the wheel hub and cover. This facilitates assembly and subsequent
screw it in by hand (Fig. 174). disassembly.

163
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Fig. 178: Mount the cap
11. Position the wheel hub cover in the central
bolt so that the positioning tab faces the slot
in the bolt. Then press the cover into position
(Fig. 178).
Do not drive without the cap. Otherwise, water
and dirt can penetrate and affect the function of
the central bolt lock.
Information
Tightening the central screw after e.g., 50 km is not
necessary.
164
Information
If wheel hub, Brake disc, Wheel studs, wheel or cen-
tral screw must be renewed the central screw must
be tightened 2 times (Fig. 179).
− Tighten the central bolt again to 442 ftlb
(600 Nm).
− Loosen the central bolt again by a 1/4 turn.
− Tighten the central bolt again to 442 ftlb
(600 Nm).
Fig. 179: Use of new parts
Information
e Update the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) settings.
Performing emergency fastening of the
central bolt
Inadequately tightened
WARNING
central bolt
Driving with an inadequately tightened central bolt
can lead to accidents.
e Avoid rapid acceleration and high cornering
speeds.
e Do not drive faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).
e Emergency fastening must never be used when
driving on race circuits.
If no suitable torque wrench for the high tightening
torque of 442 ftlb (600 Nm) is available in a break-
down situation, perform emergency fastening of the
central bolt.
e Change wheels.
g Refer to chapter “Changing wheels with central
lock“ on page 158.
e Ensure that the vehicle is not standing on the
wheel to be secured during fitting.
 Mobility and Minor Repairs

b Long lever (approx. 1 m) with 1” adapter. 1. Tighten the central bolt with great force us-
ing a long lever and loosen again by 1/4 turn
b Torque wrench for 100 Nm with 1” adapter.
(Fig. 180).

Fig. 182: Markings on the central bolt

3. The central bolt has and (Fig. 182) mark-

Fig. 180: Tighten the central screw and loosen it again ings.
Fig. 181: Tightening the central bolt
Draw a guide line on the wheel opposite the
2. Tighten the central bolt to 74 ftlb (100 Nm) marking using a pen.
using a suitable torque wrench (Fig. 181).

Fig. 183: Tightening the central bolt

165
Mobility and Minor Repairs
4. Continue tightening the central bolt with the
long lever until the STOP marking on the
cover is aligned with the guide line (Fig. 183).
The bolt is now securely tightened.
5. Check the work steps for the securing bolt and
carry out to mount the sealing cover.
g Refer to chapter “Remove the wheel“ on page
162.
e Have an authorized Porsche dealer loosen the
central bolt once again as soon as possible and
then have it tightened to the specified torque
of 442 ftlb (600 Nm) using a suitable torque
wrench.
Porsche recommends an authorized Porsche
dealer, as they have trained technicians and the
necessary parts and tools.
Driving on the race track
For important information about driving on the race
track:
g Observe the separate brochure "Driving on the race
track.
166
Using snow tires and snow chains
Using snow tires
Exceeding the maximum
WARNING
permitted speed
Exceeding the maximum permitted speed may cause
tires to burst.
e Observe the maximum permitted speed for the
tires.
e Snow tires with a lower maximum permitted
speed than the specified top speed of the vehicle
may only be fitted if they bear the M+S designa-
tion or the snowflake symbol on the tire sidewall.
Observe the applicable regulations in your coun-
try.
e Affix the sticker with the maximum permitted
speed in the driver's field of vision. Observe the
applicable regulations in your country.
e Set the maximum permitted speed as the speed
limit.
e Fit snow tires in a timely manner before the cold
season begins.
e Use only tire makes tested and approved by Por-
sche.
e Before fitting new tires, inquire about their cur-
rent approval status: Contact an authorized Por-
sche dealer.
Information
At low temperatures, juddering noises caused by the
tires can occur during maneuvering or accelerating
out of bends on both dry and wet road surfaces.
The driving performance and comfort of summer
tires are impaired at low temperatures below 45 °F/
7 °C. Porsche therefore recommends that you fit
snow tires on the vehicle at temperatures below
45 °F/7 °C.
Extremely low temperatures below 5 °F (–15 °C) can
cause permanent damage to summer tires.
Snow tires are no longer suitable if their tread depth
is less than 0.16 in. (4 mm).
Using snow chains
Install snow chains only on the rear wheels and only
with the tire/rim combinations designated for use
with snow chains listed in the Technical Data.
e Use only snow chains approved by Porsche so
that there is sure to be sufficient clearance be-
tween the wheel well and the chain.
e Remove ice and snow deposits in the wheel
housing before fitting the chains.
e Observe the different national regulations re-
garding maximum speeds.
g Refer to chapter “Wheels and Tires“ on page 179.
Storing wheels
Do not use tires that are more than 6 years old.
Chemical additives, which make the tire rubber elas-
tic, lose their effectiveness over time and the rubber
becomes brittle. The age of the tire can be seen from

the "DOT" code number shown on the tire sidewall. If
the last four digits read 3016, for example, then the
tire was produced in the 30th week of 2016.
e Always store wheels in a cool, dry and dark place.
Store tires without rims vertically.
e Do not store summer tires or vehicles with
summer tires fitted at ambient temperatures un-
der 5 °F (–15 °C).
e Avoid contact with gasoline, oil or grease.
Flat Tire
Equipment
The vehicle is equipped with a tire sealant kit (Tire
Mobility System –TMS).
Responding to Tire Pressure Monitor-
ing System warning messages
If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System has detected
a severe pressure loss, a message appears on the in-
strument cluster. This loss of pressure could indicate
tire damage.
e Stop in a suitable place and check the indicated
tire for damage.
g Refer to chapter “Tires and Wheels“ on page 148.
Park vehicle safely
1. Stop the vehicle as far away from the driving
lane as possible. The vehicle must be parked on a
firm, flat and skid-proof surface.
2. Switch on the emergency flasher.
3. Activate the electric parking brake.
4. Vehicles with manual transmission: 1. Engage
gear.
Vehicles with PDK: Engage selector lever posi-
tion P.
5. Straighten the front wheels.
6. Get all passengers to leave the vehicle. Pay at-
tention to the traffic as they do so.
7. Set up the warning triangle at a suitable dis-
tance.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
8. Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling
away, e.g. by means of chocks under the wheels
on the diagonally opposite side.
g Refer to chapter “Jack and Lifting Platform“ on page
175.
Sealing defective tires
b Vehicle with tire sealant (Tire Mobility System
–TMS)
Risk of accident due to
WARNING
sealed tires
Damaged tires that are sealed with tire sealant can
lose pressure or burst in the event of inappropriate
speed or continuous load.
e Sealing the tire with tire sealant is only an emer-
gency solution enabling you to drive to the near-
est authorized Porsche dealer.
e Use the tire sealant only in the case of cuts or
punctures no larger than 0.16 in. (4 mm).
e Never use tire sealant if the rim is damaged or if
you have driven with low tire pressure or deflated
tires.
e Do not use tire sealant at outside temperatures
below -4 °F (-20 °C).
e Avoid rapid acceleration and high cornering
speeds.
e Do not drive faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).
e Check the tire pressure after driving for around
10 minutes. If the tire pressure is less than
22 psi (1.5 bar), do not continue driving.
e Have sealed tires replaced by an authorized Por-
sche dealer as soon as possible. Tell the Porsche
dealer that the tire contains tire sealant.
167
Mobility and Minor Repairs
e Tire repairs are not allowed. Replace damaged
tires.
e Observe the safety information and instructions
for use in the separate operating instructions for
the tire sealant and compressor.
In the event of a flat tire, tire defects or tire damage
can be sealed temporarily using the tire sealant pro-
vided in the vehicle.
The tire sealant kit(Tire Mobility System –TMS) is
located in the luggage compartment.
g Refer to chapter “Luggage compartment (service
room)“ on page 119.
168
Filling tire sealant (Tire Mobility System –
TMS)
Flammable and harmful
WARNING
sealant
The sealant is highly flammable and harmful to
health. Prolonged or repeated exposure can cause
irritation, allergic reaction or organ damage.
e Fire, naked flames and smoking are prohibited
when handling tire sealant.
e Keep tire sealant away from children.
e Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing.
e If tire sealant gets on your skin or into your eyes,
thoroughly rinse the affected part of your body
immediately with plenty of water.
e If you feel unwell or have an allergic reaction, Fig. 184: Filling tire sealant
consult a doctor immediately.
A Filler bottle
e Change soiled clothing immediately. B Filler hose
e Do not inhale vapors. C Filler hose plug
D Valve turner
e If tire sealant is swallowed, thoroughly rinse out
E Valve insert
your mouth immediately and drink plenty of wa-
F Tire valve
ter. Do not induce vomiting. Consult a doctor
immediately. Preparing to fill
Failure to detect pressure 1. Leave the object that caused the puncture in the
WARNING
loss in the tire tire.
A tire pressure sensor that is soiled with tire sealant 2. Remove tire sealant (Tire Mobility System –
cannot determine the tire pressure correctly. TMS) and the supplied sticker from the luggage
compartment. The tire sealant (Tire Mobility
e When the defective tire is changed, have the tire System –TMS) is located in the right-hand box
pressure sensor replaced as well. in the luggage compartment. The compressor is
located under the cover in the luggage compart-
ment.
g Refer to chapter “Luggage compartment (serv-
ice room)“ on page 119.

3. Affix the sticker in the driver's field of vision.
Filling tire sealant (Tire Mobility System –TMS)
g Refer to the separate operating instructions for the
tire sealant (Tire Mobility System – TMS).
1. Shake the filler bottle A(Fig. 184).
2. Screw the filler hose B(Fig. 184) onto the filler
bottle A.
🡆 The filler bottle is now open.
3. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
F(Fig. 184).
4. Remove the valve insert E(Fig. 184) from the
tire valve F(Fig. 184) using the valve turner D
drehen.
If you do not have a replacement valve insert,
keep the valve insert in a clean, dry place.
5. Remove the plug C(Fig. 184) from the filler hose
B.
6. Push the filler hose B onto the tire valve F.
7. Hold the filler bottle A higher than the tire valve F
and squeeze it forcefully until the entire content
of the bottle is in the tire.
8. Detach the filler hose B from the tire valve F.
9. If available, screw the replacement valve insert
or alternatively valve insert E firmly into the tire
valve F using the valve turner D.
Inflating the tire
g Follow the operating instructions on the compres-
sor.
g Refer to chapter “Inflating tires“ on page 155.
1. Connect the compressor to a socket in the vehi-
cle and inflate the tire to at least 37 psi (2.5 bar).
If this tire pressure cannot be reached, the tire
is too severely damaged. Do not continue driving
with that tire.
2. Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve
F(Fig. 184).
Checking the pressure
e Check the tire pressure after driving for ap-
prox. 10 minutes. If the tire pressure is less than
22 psi (1.5 bar), do not continue driving.
g Refer to chapter “Technical Data“ on page 177.
Changing tires
g Refer to chapter “Replacing tires and wheels“ on
page 157.
Updating the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-
tem tire settings after changing a wheel
g Refer to chapter “Tire pressure and Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)“ on page 149.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Fuses
General safety instructions
DANGER
Electric shock
Replacing fuses or relays with the engine running
or the ignition switched on could result in electric
shock.
e Always switch off the engine and the ignition
when working on the vehicle electrical system.
WARNING
Short circuit
Working on the vehicle’s electrical system can cause
a short circuit. The short circuit can cause a fire.
e Always disconnect the negative terminal on the
12-volt lithium battery before working on the
electrical system.
g Refer to chapter “12-volt battery“ on page 128.
Improper interventions
WARNING
and incorrect accessories
Improper interventions in the fuse box and the use
of the incorrect accessories can result in damage and
malfunctions in electrical and electronic systems.
e Do not attempt to replace any electrical compo-
nents except the fuses listed here (e.g. relays).
e Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec-
ommends an authorized Porsche dealer as they
have trained technicians and the necessary parts
and tools.
e Only use accessories that have been approved by
Porsche. For further information on approved ac-
cessories: Contact an authorized Porsche dealer.
169
Mobility and Minor Repairs

Checking and changing fuses Information Opening the fuse box

To prevent short circuits and overloading of the elec- Unassigned fuse slots are not listed in the following Opening the fuse box in the driver's side
trical system, the individual circuits are protected by overviews. footwell
fuses.
Fuse boxes are located in the footwell on the driver 1. If possible, switch off the load with the defective
and passenger side. fuse.

Depending on equipment, further fuse boxes are in- 2. Open the relevant fuse box cover.
stalled at various locations in the vehicle, which are 3. If necessary, carefully remove the purple plastic
only accessible to an authorized Porsche dealer. strip over the fuses.
4. To check the fuse, remove it from its slot using
Fuse ratings the yellow plastic gripper. A blown fuse can be
identified by the melted metal strip.
Color Amperage rating 5. Insert a new fuse. The replacement fuse must
have the same rated current as the one it is
Light brown 5A
replacing.
Brown 7.5 A 6. Fit the purple plastic strip back into place.
If the same fuse blows repeatedly, the cause of the
Red 10 A fault must be corrected immediately.

Blue 15 A e Visit an authorized Porsche dealer. Porsche rec- Fig. 185: Fuse box in driver's side footwell
ommends an authorized Porsche dealer as they
Yellow 20 A have trained technicians and the necessary parts
Row A (Fig. 185)
and tools.
White or clear 25 A No. Load

Green 30 A 1 Ignition lock, light buttons, additional

instruments, instrument cluster, switch
Blue-green 35 A panel in center console
Orange 40 A 3 Steering wheel lock, steering column con-
trol unit

Checking and changing fuses 5 Alarm system

The fuse slot numbering is printed or embossed on
the inside of the cover or on the fuse holder. 6 Rain sensor

170
 Mobility and Minor Repairs

No. Load No. Load Opening the fuse box in the passenger's
side footwell
7 PDK selector lever control unit 12 Left headlight electronics

9 Parking brake, PSM control unit

Row C (Fig. 185)
10 Driver assistant control unit
No. Load
12 PVTS control unit
1 Camera for driver assistance systems
13 Diagnostic socket
2 Left radiator fan
14 BCM control unit
3 Brake booster control unit
15 Socket supply
5 Lap trigger
16 Front left seat adjustment
7 Interior mirror

Row B (Fig. 185) 8 BCM control unit

Fig. 186: Fuse box on passenger side
No. Load 9 Clutch pedal switch, PDK selector lever
control unit Row A (Fig. 186)
2 BCM control unit
12 PVTS control unit No. Load
3 Horn
14 Diagnostic socket 1 Emergency call module control unit
4 Seat belt, front left
4 Dash cam
5 Heated seat
5 Media interfaces
7 Air conditioning system
9 Tire pressure monitoring control unit
8 Interior lighting
10 Lift system control unit
9 Subwoofer
11 Airbag control unit
11 Right and left door control unit
12 Overhead Console

171
Mobility and Minor Repairs

No. Load Row C (Fig. 186) Refueling

No. Load General safety instructions
13 Garage Door Opener
Refueling Fires Phones
DANGER
14 BCM control unit 1 Air conditioning pressure switch, air qual-
ity sensor The RF energy from a cellphone can cause sparking
15 BCM control unit on bare metal, much like aluminum foil in a micro-
2 Right radiator fan
wave oven. The spark could ignite gasoline fumes
16 Front right seat adjustment present while refueling.
7 Emergency call module control unit
e Do not use a cellphone while pumping gas.
9 Brake booster control unit
Row B (Fig. 186) DANGER
Refueling Fires Static
14 Rear right fuse box Electricity
No. Load
Static discharge from your body can ignite gasoline
15 Fuse box in driver's side footwell fumes present when you get back out of the vehicle
4 Seat belt, front right
and touch the fuel nozzle.
7 Fresh-air blower e Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping gas.
8 Luggage Compartment Fire hazard during refuel-
WARNING
ing
9 PCM
Fuel is highly flammable, can combust or explode.
10 PCM switch panel in center console The radio energy of a phone can cause sparks on bare
metal, similar to aluminum foil in a microwave oven.
11 Driver/passenger door control unit The spark could ignite existing fuel vapors during
refueling.
12 Right headlight electronics
Static discharges of your body can cause ignition
of existing gasoline vapors when you get out of the
vehicle again and touch the pump nozzle.
e Fire, open lights and smoking are prohibited
when handling fuel.
e Do not use a phone when refueling.
e Do not re-enter the vehicle while refueling.

172

Fuel vapors and skin con-
WARNING
tact with fuel
Fuel and fuel vapors are harmful to health.
e Do not inhale fuel vapors.
e Avoid contact with skin and clothing.
Information
In some cases, fuels contain a high percentage of
sulfur. Under certain driving conditions, combustion
in the engine can lead to the emission of unpleasant
smells (so-called “rotten egg smell”). Porsche is not
responsible for this particularity and it does not indi-
cate a defect in the vehicle.
NOTE
Unleaded fuels may not be available outside of the
USA and Canada.
e Do not take your vehicle into areas or countries
where unleaded fuel may not be available.
Information
Information regarding fuel quality can normally be
found on the fuel pump. Service station employees
can also provide information.
The engine is optimally designed for unleaded fuels
without metallic additives.
Mobility and Minor Repairs
Information
If the recommended fuel is not available, in an emer-
gency, the vehicle can also be fueled using unleaded
fuel without metallic additives, with octane levels of
RON 91/MON 82.5 (86 CLC or AKI). However, this
may reduce performance and increase consumption.
e Refuel with unleaded fuel without metallic addi-
tives, with octane levels of at least RON 91/
MON 82.5 (86 CLC or AKI).
e Do not floor the accelerator pedal when using
unleaded fuel with octane levels of RON 91 /
MON 82.5 (86 CLC or AKI).

The fuel level is displayed on the instrument cluster Model Recommended Alternative fuel
Filling with fuel
when the ignition is switched on. fuel NOTE
If a model-dependent residual amount is not reached,
Octane rating of at least: Contact with fuels may bleach decorative films.
a warning message appears in the instrument cluster.
e Refuel at the next opportunity. All RON 98 / MON RON 95 / MON e Immediately wipe fuel off decorative films.
g Refer to chapter “Warning and Information Mes- 88 (93 CLC or 85 (90 CLC or
sages“ on page 107. AKI) AKI)

g digital1 The engine is suitable for operation with fuel contain-

ing up to 15% ethanol. The use of fuels containing
Selecting suitable fuel ethanol may lead to an increase in fuel consumption.

NOTE

Unsuitable fuels may damage the engine as well as

the fuel and exhaust system.
e Only use fuel according to the specification be-
low.
e Do not use any fuels containing methanol.

1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).

173
Mobility and Minor Repairs

b Engine switched off. Emergency releasing the filler flap

b Ignition switched off.
b Vehicle unlocked.
1. To open the filler flap, press on the rear part of
the flap g (Fig. 187).
The fuel type to be used for the vehicle is printed
on a sticker on the inside of the filler flap.
2. Slowly unscrew and remove the gas cap.
3. Place the gas cap in the holder g (Fig. 188).
4. Insert the pump nozzle fully into the filler neck
with the handle pointing downward.
5. Operate the pump nozzle and refuel the vehicle.
After the automatic pump nozzle switches off, do
not continue to add fuel. The fuel could splash
Fig. 187: Opening filler flap back or overflow when heated.
g Refer to chapter “Technical Data“ on page 177. Fig. 189: Emergency operation of the filler flap
6. Immediately after refueling, put the gas cap back
If electrical unlocking is faulty, the filler flap can be
on and turn until you hear and feel it engage.
opened manually.
7. Close the filler flap and press on the rear part of
1. Open the passenger door.
the flap until you feel it engage.
2. Reach into the opening between the passenger
Information door and fender. Pull the button to the point of
If the gas cap is lost, it can only be replaced by a resistance g (Fig. 189).
genuine Porsche part. 🡆 The filler flap is unlocked mechanically.
3. To open the filler flap, press on the rear part of
the flap.
4. If the flap does not open, repeat steps 2 and 3.
5. After emergency release, fix the button in the
catch provided. Visit a workshop.

Fig. 188: Opening gas cap Fuel vapor recovery system

Fuel tank ventilation

174
 Mobility and Minor Repairs

The evaporation chamber and activated charcoal Jack and Lifting Platform
canister prevent fuel vapors from being released into
the atmosphere when the outside temperature is very Raising the vehicle
high, when the vehicle is cornering quickly or when it
has been parked so that it is not level.
Fuel vapor recovery system and storage
When refueling, vapor collects in the evaporation
chamber. The vapor enters the activated charcoal
canister via a vent line. It is stored there while the
engine is not running.
Flushing system
When the engine is running, the fuel vapors from
the canister are mixed with fresh air from the air
surrounding the canister. This mixture reaches the
intake manifold via the tank ventilation line and is
mixed with intake air and burned during the normal
Fig. 191: Rear jacking point for the jack or lifting platform
combustion process.

Fig. 190: Front jacking point for the jack or lifting platform

175
Mobility and Minor Repairs
WARNING
Inadequate securing of
vehicle
An unsecured or incorrectly secured vehicle can move
unintentionally or tip or fall off lifting equipment such
as a jack or lifting platform. jack or lifting platform, fall
or tip. This can cause serious injuries and damage.
e Raise the vehicle using a jack on a solid and flat
surface only.
e Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling
away, e.g. by means of chocks under the wheels
on the diagonally opposite side.
e Raise the vehicle only at the prescribed jacking
points on the vehicle underbody.
e Always place the vehicle on solid supports when
working under the vehicle.
e Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised.
Engine vibrations can cause the vehicle to fall.
e When working on the engine while it is running,
always apply the electric parking brake and move
the gearshift lever into the neutral position or the
selector lever to the P position.
g Refer to chapter “Changing wheels with central
lock“ on page 158.
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
176
Washer Fluid For information on window cleaner concentrates ap-
proved by Porsche: Contact an authorized Porsche
Selecting washer fluid dealer.
If the washer fluid level is too low, a warning symbol
appears on the instrument cluster.
Topping up washer fluid
NOTE
Risk of damage to the headlight.
e Do not lean on the headlight when topping up
the washer fluid.
1. Open the cap of the washer fluid reservoir.
2. Top up the washer fluid.
g digital1
3. Carefully close the cap.
Fig. 192: Washer fluid reservoir for windshield
e Depending on the time of year, add appropriate
additives (window cleaner concentrate, freeze
protection) to the water. Note the correct mixing
ratio as well as all warnings on the containers of
the additives used.
– Summer: Fill with water and window cleaner
concentrate.
– Winter: Fill with water, freeze protection and
window cleaner concentrate.
Only use window cleaner concentrates that meet the
following requirements:
– Dilutability 1:100
– Phosphate-free
– Suitable for plastic headlights
 Technical Data

Technical Data Safety compliance sticker Tire pressure plate

Technical Data
Vehicle identification data
Vehicle identification number

Fig. 194: Location of safety compliance sticker Fig. 195: Location of tire pressure plate

Fig. 193: Location of the vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number is located at the
bottom left behind the windshield as well as under a
cover in the carpet in the passenger footwell.
e When ordering spare parts, please always quote
the vehicle identification number.
The safety compliance sticker gives you the peace of
mind that your new Porsche complies with all Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards that were in effect at
the time the vehicle was manufactured. In addition,
the sticker provides information on the month and
year of production, the vehicle identification number
of your car (perforations), the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating and the Gross Axle Weight Rating.
The tire pressure plate is located on the door sill of
the driver's door.
Vehicle data carrier
You will find the vehicle data carrier in the service
booklet. It contains all the important data about your
vehicle. This data carrier cannot be reordered if it is
lost or damaged.

177
Technical Data
Payload information
Explanation of terms
The gross vehicle weight rating is the maximum per-
mitted weight of the vehicle including occupants,
luggage and optional equipment. The gross axle
weight rating is the upper load limit for the front or
rear axle. This information can be found on a safety
compliance sticker in the door opening on the driver's
side. How to make sure you are compliant with tire
load capacity and payload:
g p. 148The load capacity coefficient (e.g. "106") is a
minimum requirement.
The gross vehicle weight rating is the maximum per-
mitted weight of the vehicle including occupants,
luggage and optional equipment. The permitted pay-
load (load limit) is the upper limit for the gross ve-
hicle weight rating (occupants and luggage) of the
vehicle. This is the maximum weight of occupants
and luggage that the vehicle can be loaded with. This
information can be found on the tire pressure plate.
The gross vehicle weight rating when loaded is the
sum total of empty weight, accessory weight, pay-
load weight, and the weight of production options.
The load index indicates the maximum load that a
tire can nominally carry at a given tire pressure. The
maximum load index indicates the load capacity of
a tire at the maximum permitted tire pressure. The
payload capacity is the permitted payload weight
and equals the payload limit minus the weight of the
occupants.
e Never exceed the permitted limits.
178
Riding in the luggage
DANGER
compartment
Injuries in an accident are much more likely if there
are passengers in the luggage compartment.
e Occupants may only ride in the seats provided
for this purpose.
e Make sure that all occupants are wearing their
seat belts.
e Occupants may not remain in the area behind the
seats. Never allow occupants to sit in the area
behind the seats
Overloading the vehicle
DANGER
Overloading leads to dangerous vehicle reactions and
longer braking distances.
e Never exceed the specified axle loads.
NOTE
Risk of vehicle damage if overloaded.
Overloading can reduce the life of the tires and the
vehicle. Overload damage is not covered by the vehi-
cle warranty.
e Never exceed the specified axle loads.
Vehicle payload
Fig. 196: Example for determining the total weight of
occupants and luggage
– The combined weight of occupants and luggage
must never exceed the weight stated on the tire
pressure plate.
– Never exceed the number of occupants stated
on the tire pressure plate.
How to determine the combined weight of occu-
pants and luggage:
– Add up the weight of all occupants and then add
the total weight of the luggage (illustration).
Steps for determining the correct payload limit:
– Look for the information "The combined weight
of occupants and luggage must never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lbs" on the vehicle plate.
– Determine the total weight of the driver and oc-
cupants who will be traveling with you.
– Subtract the total weight of the driver and occu-
pants from XXX lbs. or XXX kg
– The resulting value is the available capacity for
the payload and luggage. For example, if "XXX" is
1400 lbs and there are four occupants weighing
 Technical Data

150 lbs each, the payload and luggage capacity

is calculated as follows: [1400 – 600 (4 x 150)
= 800 lbs.].
– Determine the combined weight of the payload
and luggage for the vehicle. This weight must
not exceed the payload and luggage capacity
calculated in step 4.
Dimensions
911 GT3 911 GT3 RS

Length (depending on equipment) 4,573 mm 4,572 mm

Width (depending on equipment) 72.9 in. (1,852 mm) 74.8 in. (1,900 mm)

Width with door mirrors 79.8 in. (2,027 mm)

Height at empty weight to DIN 50.3 in. (1,279 mm) 52.0 in. (1,322 mm)

Ground clearance at empty weight as per

100 mm
DIN

Wheels and Tires

Wheel and Tire Sizes
Tires approved by Porsche are the best tires for your vehicle. The load capacity code number (e.g., "105") and speed code letter for permitted maximum speed (e.g., "Y")
are minimum requirements. When fitting new or different tires:
g Refer to chapter “Tires and Wheels“ on page 148.
– Snow chains must only be fitted to the appropriately marked wheel and tire sizes. Observe the applicable national regulations regarding maximum speeds when
snow chains are fitted. Only use snow chains approved by Porsche.
– Before changes are made to wheels and tires based on official vehicle documents and registration documents (depending on country, e.g., “Certificate of
Conformity”), check whether the desired wheel/tire combination is permitted for the respective vehicle. For further information: Contact an authorized Porsche
dealer.

179
Technical Data

Tire type Tire size Wheel size Fitting snow chains

FA: 255/35 ZR 20 (97Y) XL FA: 9.5J x 20, RO 46

No
RA: 315/30 ZR 21 (105Y) XL RA: 12J x 21, RO 45
Summer tires
FA: 275/35 ZR 20 (102Y) XLg p. 179 FA: 10.0J x 20, RO 45g p. 179
No
RA: 335/30 ZR 21 (109Y) XLg p. 179 RA: 13.0J x 21, RO 31g p. 179

FA: 245/35 R 20 95V XL M+S FA: 9J x 20, RO 43

Snow tires On rear axle only
RA: 305/30 R 21 104V XL M+S RA: 11.5J x 21, RO 46

FA = front axle, RA = rear axle, RO = rim offset

Tire pressure
All tire pressures apply only to the tire makes and types approved by Porsche for cold tires (68°F/20°C).
– Define the load status of the vehicle in the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Adapt the tire pressure to the vehicle load.
g Refer to chapter “Tire pressure and Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)“ on page 149.

Standard tire pressure

Tires FA RA

Summer tires
2.2 bar/220 kPa/31 psi 2.4 bar/240 kPa/34 psi
255/35 ZR 20 / 315/30 ZR 21

Summer tires
2.1 bar/210 kPa/30 psi 2.2 bar/220 kPa/31 psi
FA: 275/35 ZR 20 / 335/30 ZR 21

Snow tires
2.3 bar/230 kPa/33 psi 2.5 bar/250 kPa/36 psi
245/35 R 20 / 305/30 R 21

180
 Technical Data

Performance tire pressure up to 180 mph (290 km/h)

Tires FA RA

Summer tires
2.1 bar/210 kPa/30 psi
255/35 ZR 20 / 315/30 ZR 21
1.9 bar/190 kPa/27 psi
Summer tires
2.0 bar/200 kPa/29 psi
FA: 275/35 ZR 20 / 335/30 ZR 21

181
Technical Data

Porsche Communication Management (PCM)

Technical data - Audio and video files

Supported media Portable playback devices MTP players, USB 3.0 devices from "USB Device Subclass 1 and 6", e.g., USB sticks, USB
MP3 players without special driver software, external USB flash memories and hard drives

File system USB storage device exFAT, FAT or FAT32, NTFS file system with max. 4 partitions

Format MPEG-1/-2 Layer-3; Windows Media Audio 9 und 10; MPEG-2/-4; FLAC, MPEG-1/-2; ISO-MPEG4; Xvid; ISO-
MPEG4 H.264 (MPEG4 AVC); Windows Media Video 9

File extension .mp3; .wma; .asf; .m4a; .m4b; .aac; .flac; .mpg; .mpeg; .avi; .mp4; .m4v; .mov; .wmv

Playback lists .M3U, .PLS, .WPL, .M3U8, .ASX

Characteristics Max. 320 kbit/s and 48 kHz sampling frequency; max. 2,000 kbit/s and 720x576 px. at max. 25 fps

Number of files USB mass storage device max. 10,000 files per medium, max. 1,000 files per directory/playlist

Meta data Album covers up to 800 x 800 pixels; GIF, JPG and PNG formats or via Gracenote database

Technical data - Connectivity

Phone networks GSM/GPRS/EDGE: Dual band, 850/900 MHz/1,800 MHz/1,900 MHz

UMTS/HSPA+: Triple-Band, 850 MHz (Band V)/AWS (Band VI)/1,900 MHz (Band II)
LTE: Quad band, 700 MHz (band 17)/850 MHz (band 5)/AWS (band 4)/1,900 MHz (band 2)

WiFi IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n (2.4 GHz)

Bluetooth® Bluetooth® 2.1, IEEE 802.15.1, Class 2, approx. range 10 m

182
 Technical Data

Technical data - Radio

FM: 87.5– 108 MHz

Frequency ranges/standards
MW (AM): 537 – 1602 kHz (depending on country)

FM: 200 kHz

Tuning grid with automatic station search
AM: 9 kHz (depending on country)

License notes

The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of these marks by
Bluetooth®
AISIN AW CO., LTD. is under license. Other brands and brand names are the property of their respective owners.

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Dolby Digital
Laboratories.

DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited. DTS, the symbol &
DTS Digital Surround DTS and the symbol together are registered trademarks, and the symbol DTS Digital Surround is a trademark of DTS,
Inc. ©DTS, Inc. All rights reserved.

Gracenote and “Powered by Gracenote” are registered trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote, Inc. in the United
Gracenote®
States and/or other countries.

Inspection marks and declarations of con-
formity
Radio Frequency Devices and Radio Communication
Equipment
United States of America
This vehicle includes Radio Frequency Devices that
are certified under the following IDs:
FCC ID: IYZ-PK3 (PK3)
FCC ID: NBG-BCMEVO5 (BCMevo5)
FCC ID: NZL-ADHL5D (Homelink)
FCC ID: XPY-JODYW164 (MIB3)
FCC ID: T8GA270 (MIB2)
FCC ID: T8GP114 (ConBox High online)
Radio Frequency Devices and Radio Communication
Equipment comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. These devices may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and
2. These devices must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications made to the equipment not
expressly approved by Porsche may void the FCC au-
thorization to operate the equipment. Radiofrequency
radiation exposure Information: The radiated output
power of the devices is far below the FCC radio
frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the devices
shall be used in such a manner that the potential
for human contact during normal operation is mini-
mized. Any antenna used with these devices must be
located at least 8 inches (20,3 cm) from all persons.
NOTE: The equipment has been tested and found
to comply with the limits for a Class B digital de-
vice, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These

183
Technical Data
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installa-
tion. The equipment generates, uses and can radi-
ate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
used in accordance with the instructions, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. How-
ever, there is no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television
reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try
to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
– Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
– Increase the separation between the equipment
and receiver.
– Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit
different from that to which the receiver is con-
nected.
– Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV
technician for help.
Canada
This vehicle includes following Radio Frequency De-
vices/ Ce véhicule comprend les appareils à radiofré-
quence suivants:
IC: 2694A-BCMEVO5 (BCMevo5)
IC: 2701A-PK3 (Key PK3)
IC: 4112A-ADHL5D (Homelink)
IC: 6434A-P114 (ConBox High online)
Radio Frequency Devices and Radio Communication
Equipment comply with RSS-210 of Industy Can-
ada. ISED Canada’s licence-exempt RSSs and These
devices contain licence-exempt transmitter(s)/re-
ceiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s licence-exempt
RSS(s).
184
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) These devices may not cause interference; and
(2) These devices must accept any interference, in-
cluding interference that may cause undesired opera-
tion of the device.
These Class B digital apparatus comply with Cana-
dian ICES-003.
Ces appareils sont conformes à la norme RSS-210
de l'Industrie Canadienne. Les émetteurs/récepteurs
exempt de licence contenu dans le présent appareil
sont conformes aux CNR d’Innovation, Sciences et
Développement économique Canada applicables aux
appareils radio exempts de licence.
Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions
suivantes:
(1) Ces appareils ne doivent pas causer d’interfér-
ences nuisibles et
(2) Ces appareils doivent accepter toute interférence
reçue, y compris les interférences pouvant entraîner
un fonctionnement.
Ces appareils numérique de la classe B sont con-
forme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
Bluetooth® approval (extract)
Albania–Andorra–Angola–Aruba–Australia–Aus-
tria–Bahamas–Bahrain–Barbados–Belarus–Bel-
gium–Belize–Bolivia–Bonaire–Bosnia and
Herzegovina–Brazil–Brunei–Bulgaria–Burkina
Faso–Canada–Chile–China–Colombia–Costa
Rica–Croatia–Curacao–Cyprus–Czech Repub-
lic–Denmark–Dominican Republic–Ecuador–Egypt–
El Salvador–Estonia–Ethiopia–Finnland–France–
French Guyana–French Polynesia–Ga-
bon–Germany–Ghana–Gibraltar–Guadeloupe–Gua-
temala–Greece–Greenland–Hong Kong–
Hungary–Iceland–India–Indonesia–Ireland–Iraq–Is-
rael–Italy–Ivory Coast–
Jamaica–Japan–Jordania–Kenya–Kosovo–Ku-
wait–Latvia–Lebanon–Lesotho–Liberia–Libya–
Liechtenstein–Lithuania–Luxembourg–Macau–
Macedonia–Madagascar–Malaysia–Malta–Marti-
nique–Mauritius–Mexico–Monaco–Mongolia–Mo-
rocco–Mozambique–Netherlands–New Caledo-
nia–New Zealand–Nigeria–Norway–Oman–Paki-
stan–Panama–Peru–Poland–Portugal–Puerto
Rico–Qatar–Reunion–Romania–Russia–San Mar-
ino–Saudi Arabia–Senegal–Serbia–Singapore–Slo-
vakia–South Africa–Spain–St. Lucia–Sweden–Swit-
zerland–Tahiti–Taiwan–Thailand–United Arab
Emirates–United Kingdom–Uruguay–USA–Vene-
zuela–Vietnam–Yemen–Zimbabwe
Digitally available:
– Engine data
– Filling quantities
– Weights
– Chassis settings
– Recycling

Index
Numbers and symbols
◊-Assigning the ◊ button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
A care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
A/C MAX button
Air conditioning system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
ABS (anti-lock brake system)
Functional description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Accept/reject a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Activate private mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Activate/deactivate additional online data (Radio). . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Add a My Porsche
navigation destination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Adjust
PCM display for vehicle settings. . . . . . . . . digital¹
Adjusting
Air conditioning type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Adjusting seat position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Air circulation button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Air circulation mode
Turning air circulation mode on/off. . . . . . digital¹
Air conditioning
Set air conditioning style. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Set air distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Set air flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Set automatic air circulation mode. . . . . . . digital¹
Set footwell temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Turn air circulation mode on/off. . . . . . . . . digital¹
Upper ventilation panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Air conditioning system
Defrosting the windshield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Storing and retrieving personal settings. . digital¹
Switching A/C MAX mode on/off. . . . . . . . digital¹
Switching maximum cooling output on/off. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Switching on automatic air conditioning. . digital¹
Switching on/off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Air distribution
Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Air suspension (PASM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Airbag
Airbag care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Alarm system
Function description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
function display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Turn off passenger compartment monitoring
system and inclination sensor. . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Turning on/off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Alloy wheels
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Aluminum rims
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Ambient lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Adjusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting brightness/color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Android Auto. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Google Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
Functional description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Anti-theft protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
App
My Destinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Using remote functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Using remote services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Apple CarPlay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Siri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Switching between iPod and Apple CarPlay. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Apple Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Using. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Index
Apple Podcasts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Applying
parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Applying handbrake
(electric parking brake). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Ashtray
Emptying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Assign multifunction steering wheel
◊ button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Assign steering wheel
◊ button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Attaching windshield snow covers or sun shades. . 88
Auto Start Stop function
Automatic engine start (vehicles with PDK). . . 57
Automatic engine starting (vehicles with manual
transmission). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Automatic engine stop (vehicles with PDK). . . 57
Automatic engine stopping (vehicles with
manual transmission). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58
Preconditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Automatic Coming Home lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Automatic headlights
Adjusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
B
Battery
Care (lithium battery). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Charging (lithium battery). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Emergency starting (lithium battery). . . . . . . 131
Installation position (lithium battery). . . . . . . 128
Instructions (lithium battery). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Lightweight battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Lithium battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Procedure after connection (lithium battery) 130
185
Index
Replacing (lithium battery). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Vehicle electrical system voltage warning
(lithium battery). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Warnings on the battery (lithium battery). . . 128
Belt care
instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Belt tensioners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Belts
Belt tensioners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Fastening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Opening the belt buckle and unfastening a belt
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Warning light on instrument cluster. . . . . . . . . . 51
Warning message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Bend ahead warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Bluetooth
Connect a phone via Bluetooth®. . . . . . . . . digital¹
Bluetooth®
Device manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Board computer
Menu overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Brake emergency
Emergency braking function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Brake fluid
Changing the brake fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Checking the brake fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Brake warning
brake pads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Brakes
Bedding in and cleaning the brakes. . . . . . digital¹
Brake pads and brake disks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Footbrake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Test stand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Braking
General safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Braking assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Braking jolt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
186 1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Breakdown call
data transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
trigger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Breakdown Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Bulbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Button on the multifunction steering wheel. . . . . . . 96
C Care instructions screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Calendar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Call up Porsche Communication Management (PCM)
instructions in the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Calling up Manual in PCM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Calling up Owner’s Manual in vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Car care
Alloy wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Car wash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Decorative films. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
for airbags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
for fabric trim panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
for seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
for textiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Paint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Paint protection films. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Plastic parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Seals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Underbody protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Use of high-pressure cleaning equipment. . . 144
Warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Car Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Car wash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Alloy wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Car wash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Decorative films. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
for fabric trim paneling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
for floor mats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
for screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
for seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
for textiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
for touch displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Paint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Paint protection films. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Seals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Underbody protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Carpet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Carpet care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Center armrest
Front storage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Center console
Front storage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Central locking
Storing and retrieving personal settings. . digital¹
Unlocking the vehicle with the vehicle key 32, 34
Central locking system
Opening and closing vehicle from the inside. . 34
Change battery
Vehicle key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Changing wheels
(with central lock). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Changing windshield wiper
wiper blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Charging adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Chassis adjustment
technical data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Chassis number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Chassis settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Chassis setup
Select. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Check electric parking brake
on brake test stand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Check Engine (emission control). . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Check parking brake
on brake test stand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Check voicemail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Chrono mode switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹

Close
Close vehicle from the inside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Closing
Closing vehicle with the vehicle key. . . . . . . . . . 34
Lock the vehicle from the inside. . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Cockpit
Adjusting lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
coolant temperature display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
display Car & Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
display Power & Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
fuel level display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Speed & Assist display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Trip odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Warning lights and light indicators. . . . . . . digital¹
Collision warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Comfort Entry function
Switching on. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Configure
driving program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Configuring
My Porsche services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Configuring capacitive instrument cluster button. . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Configuring steering wheel shortcut button. . . digital¹
Congestion updates (navigation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Connect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Connecting
My Porsche App to the PCM via WiFi. . . . . digital¹
Connecting an external device via USB. . . . . . . digital¹
Connection status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Connections in the armrest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Connectivity
Connection status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Establishing data connection . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Contacts (phone). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Adding coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Checking coolant level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Cooling system
motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Cornering lights
Dynamic cornering light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Cruise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Activating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
General safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Warning messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Cruise control
Changing the desired speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Cruise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Interrupt control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Resuming control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Switching on and off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
D Locking with the vehicle key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
DAB
Setting the reception range. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Data connection
Device manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
External WiFi hotspot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Using the vehicle hotspot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Date and time
set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Decorative films
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Defrost
windshield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Device Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Diagnostic socket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Dialing a
phone number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Digital Owner's Manual
App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Onboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Digital Owner’s Manual
Web. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Index
Digital speed display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Digital speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Discharged vehicle key battery
Starting the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Display
Car & Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Speed & Assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Display and reset odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Display and reset trip counter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Display care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Display service intervals on the instrument cluster
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Displaying/editing messages (SMS). . . . . . . . . digital¹
Displaying/editing text messages. . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Door
Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Opening and closing from inside. . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Door mirrors
Adjusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Drive-off assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Driving program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Select in the PCM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Dynamic cornering light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Dynamic high beam
Activate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
E
Edit phone
contacts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Electric parking brake
– automatic release of parking brake when
driving off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Applying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
emergency braking function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
187
Index
Electrical power windows
opening/closing windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Store the final position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Electrical socket (12-volt). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Emergency
door release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
trunk lid release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Emergency braking function
Activate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Emergency call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Emergency flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Emergency key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Emergency locking
door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Emergency locking of doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Emergency operation
Filler flap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Emergency starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
External power supply (lithium battery). . . . . 131
Emergency unlocking of doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Emission control (Check Engine). . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Emission control warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Encounter lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Engine
Add oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139, 140, 141
Automatic stopping (Auto Start Stop function)
(vehicles with manual transmission). . . . . . . . . 56
Automatic stopping (Auto Start Stop function)
(vehicles with PDK). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Oilfilling opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Stopping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Engine data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139, 140, 141
General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Entering a stopover (navigation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Entering/finding a destination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Establishing data connection
(integrated SIM card). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
188 1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Examples of commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Extendable rear spoiler
Extending and retracting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Extendable rear spoilers
Operating principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Extending and retracting
the extendible rear spoiler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Exterior lighting
Setting off delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
External WiFi hotspot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
F Fuel gage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Fabric lining
care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Faults
power windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Fill quantities
Washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Filler flap
Emergency operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Identification for location of filler flap. . . . . . . . 95
Filling quantities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Filter
notifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Finder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Fire extinguisher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Floor mats
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
FM
Setting the reception range. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Folding
door mirrors in/out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
in/out passenger mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Folding backrest down/up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Folding in mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Footbrake
safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Footwell temperature
Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Freeze protection
in coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
In washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Front seat
Adjusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Folding backrest down/up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Fuel
fill quantities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Refueling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
reserve warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Tank volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Fuel level indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Fuels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Function buttons on the multifunction steering wheel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Fuse
Changing electric fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169, 170
Fuse assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Fuse box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
G
G-Force display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Garage Door Opener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
HomeLink®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Gasoline
Fuel level indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Refueling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Google Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
H
Handbrake (electric parking brake)
automatic release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
manual release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Headlight calibration, automatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Adjusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Changing bulbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Heated rear window
Turning heat on/off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
High beam
High beam lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
High-pressure cleaning equipment
Notes on use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Highway lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
HomeLink® garage door opener
use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Hood
closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Hood (service hatches). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Hotspot
Using an external WiFi hotspot. . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Using the WiFi hotspot of the PCM. . . . . . digital¹
Hybrid radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
I fuel level display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Identification number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Ignition lock
Function description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Immobilizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Indicator
actuate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Convenience flashing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Indicator light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
instrument cluster
Warning lights and light indicators. . . . . . . digital¹
Instrument cluster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Adjust display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Adjusting lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Configuring capacitive instrument cluster button
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Coolant temperature display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
display Car & Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
display Power & Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Display service intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Display vehicle information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
fuel level display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Menu overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Selecting options and activating functions. . . 97
Speed & Assist display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Sport Chrono stopwatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Storing and retrieving personal settings. . digital¹
Tire Pressure Monitoring System. . . . . . . . . . . 150
Trip odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Warning and information messages. . . . . . . . 107
Instrument field
Adjust display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Instrument lighting
Adjusting brightness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting light delay time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Instrument panel
Adjusting lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Car & Info display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
display Power & Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Speed & Assist display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Warning lights and light indicators. . . . . . . digital¹
integrated SIM card
Establishing data connection. . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Intelligent detour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Interior lighting
Adjusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Ambient lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting light delay time and brightness. . . digital¹
Interior mirror
Adjusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Dimming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Switching automatic dimming on/off. . . . . . . . 54
Internet
Establishing data connection. . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Internet radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Index
J
Jack
Lifting the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
K
Key
Locking the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 34
Removing the emergency key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Storing and retrieving personal settings. . digital¹
Keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
L
Lateral acceleration forces
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Launch Control (vehicles with manual transmission)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Launch Control (vehicles with PDC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Leather
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Leather care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Leather trolley care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
light
switch off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Light
hazard warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Rain function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Lighting
Interior lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting the off delay for the interior lighting. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Lights
Ambient lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Auto home lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Autobahn function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Automatic headlight calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Automatic headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Bad weather light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Brief overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
189
Index
Changing bulbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Cornering light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Dynamic cornering light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Dynamic high beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Encounter light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Entry function/Exit function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Exterior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Fog function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
General safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Headlight flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Highway light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Interior lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Low beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Parking light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Passing light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
PDLS Plus with LED headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
PDLS with LED headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Rear fog light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Set the afterglow time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Set travel mode light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Shield glare control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
situational lighting control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Situational lighting distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Switch parking lights on and off. . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Switching dynamic high beam on and off. . . . . 72
Switching high beam on and off. . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Lightweight battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Locking
Locking the vehicle using the vehicle key. . . . . 32
Locking the vehicle with the vehicle key. . . . . . 34
Locking vehicle from the inside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
vehicle emergency locking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Log in to
My Porsche. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Longitudinal acceleration forces
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Low beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
190 1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
M Mirrors
Maintenance
Add engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140, 141
Make
vehicle settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Malfunctions
Emergency operation of filler flap. . . . . . . . . . . 174
store final position of windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Vehicle key battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Manual transmission
intermediate gas function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
upshift display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Manual transmission clutch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Manual transmission shifting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Map (navigation)
Call up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
configure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Massage program
Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Massage strength
Adjusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Connecting an external device via USB. . . digital¹
Interfaces in the armrest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Making settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Search media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Selecting a media source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Supported media and file formats. . . . . . . . . . 182
Tuning to/saving stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Minor repairs
In the event of a flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Securing the vehicle to prevent it from rolling
away. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Towing the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Mirror
Door mirror heating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Folding door mirrors in/out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Adjusting door mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Switching automatic interior mirror dimming
on/off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Mobile
Connect a mobile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Connect via Bluetooth® (known phone). . . digital¹
Connect via Bluetooth® (new phone). . . . . digital¹
Connect via Bluetooth® (second phone). . digital¹
Mobile data (connectivity). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Mode switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Multifunction steering wheel
buttons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Multimodal map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Music
Connecting an external device via USB. . . digital¹
Interfaces in the armrest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Supported file formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
My Porsche. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
My Destinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Register with Porsche ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
MyScreen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
N
Navigating lists via voice control. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Navigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Avoiding traffic disruptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Configuring map contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Displaying/configuring the map display. . . . . 115
Enter GPS coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Enter/Search destination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Entering a stopover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Map display and navigation information on the
instrument cluster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
My Destinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Online map update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Online Navigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Panorama View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Planning a tour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Real-time Traffic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Route monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Satellite maps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Search function (Finder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Show traffic reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Tolls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Navigation Plus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
News
Configuring news. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Operating PCM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Notification Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Notifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
O Paint protection films
Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Filling opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
On-board computer
Tire Pressure Monitoring System. . . . . . . . . . . 150
Online Map Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Online navigation
Activating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Online Navigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Online services
Establishing data connection. . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Online software update
downloading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
failed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Installing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Open
notifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Opening
Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Opening and closing
Storing and retrieving personal settings. . digital¹
vehicle door from inside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Opening playlist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Operate PCM
with the rotary push button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Operate the PCM with the rotary push button. . . 105
Operating
the instrument cluster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
P Using an external WiFi hotspot. . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Paint
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Polishing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
preservation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Removing marks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Repairing paint damage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Panorama View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
ParkAssist
Rear view camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Parking
ParkAssist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
PDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Rear view camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Parking light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
PASM (Porsche Active Suspension Management). 78
Passenger mirror
Adjusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Passenger seat
Adjusting from driver's seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
PCM
Adjusting screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Android Auto. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Apple CarPlay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Care Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Configure homescreen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Configure MyScreen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Configure Start page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Entering text and characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
MyScreen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Index
notifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Opening menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Set display of time or temperature. . . . . . . . . 106
Smart Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Start menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Touchdisplay in dashboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Using the WiFi hotspot of the PCM. . . . . . digital¹
Warning and Information Messages. . . . . . . . 107
PCM care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
PCM hotspot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
PDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Selector lever position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Shifting gears on the steering wheel. . . . . . . . . 64
Performance pressure
Selecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Performing emergency fastening of the central bolt
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Phone
Connect via Bluetooth®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Connect via Bluetooth® (known phone). . . digital¹
Connect via Bluetooth® (second phone). . digital¹
Connection status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Device manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Emergency call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Functions available during a phone call. . . digital¹
Making settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Phone information in the instrument cluster. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Saving/editing a favorite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
via Bluetooth® (new phone). . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Planning a tour (navigation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Playing media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Porsche Active Suspension Management (PASM). 78
Select chassis tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Porsche ActiveSuspension Management (PASM)
Function description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Porsche Communication Management (PCM)
touch display in dashboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
191
Index
Porsche Connect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Activate private mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Display service overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Establish data connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Establishing data connection. . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Grant remote access authorization. . . . . . . digital¹
Logging in (Porsche ID) Porsche Connect user
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Logging in user (Porsche ID). . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Manage user (Porsche ID). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Managing and setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
security code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Porsche Double Clutch Transmission (PDC)
selector lever position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Steering Wheel Shifting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Porsche Dynamic Light System Plus (PDLS Plus) with
LED matrix headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Porsche Dynamic Light System Plus (PDLS) with LED
Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Porsche Stability Management (PSM). . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Porsche Track Precision App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Porsche Vehicle Tracking System (PVTS). . . . . . . . . 83
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Transport. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Porsche Vehicle Tracking System Plus (PVTS Plus)83
Power & Drive
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Power windows
opening/closing windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
PSM (Porsche Stability Management). . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Function description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
R Local hazard warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Race-Tex
Care Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Race-Tex car care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Race-Tex Care Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
192 1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Online Radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting the reception range. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Tuning to/saving stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Radio Plus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Activate Radio Plus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Activate/deactivate additional online datadigital¹
Call up Internet radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Real-time Traffic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Rear fog light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Adjustment of the light distribution. . . . . . . . . . 71
Rear view camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Refueling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 173
fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Identification for location of filler flap. . . . . . . . 95
Register and activate
Register in My Porsche. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Releasing
electric parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Remote control
Locking the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Unlocking the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Replace
wiper blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Reset factory settings
for vehicle settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Reset trip odometer (classic view). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Reset trip odometer (track view). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Reset vehicle settings
to factory settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Retrieving personal settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Risk Radar
Traffic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
S locking options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Safety compliance sticker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Satellite map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Saving/editing a favorite
phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Saying voice commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Sealant/sealing set
For defective tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Seals
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Seat belts
Belt tensioners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Fastening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Opening the belt buckle and unfastening a belt
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Warning light on instrument cluster. . . . . . . . . . 51
Warning message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Seat heating balance
Adjusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Seat ventilation balance
Adjusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Seats
Adjusting front seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Adjusting seat position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Folding backrest down/up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Security code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Select driving program
on the mode switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Selecting source (media). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Selector lever position display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Service position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Set automatic air circulation mode
Air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Set speed warning in the PCM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Set the speed limit in the PCM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Setting
language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
voice control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting central lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting light delay time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Setting the button assignment on the multifunction
steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting the warning time for
collision warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting vehicle settings
for button assignment for multifunction steering
wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
for date and time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
for the voice control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
in language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Locking options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Settings
Storing and retrieving personal settings. . digital¹
Shifting
Porsche Double Clutch Transmission (PDC). . 62
Signage glare reduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Siri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Smart Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Smartphone
Connect via Bluetooth®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Smoker's package. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Snow chains
General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Snow tires
General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Spoiler
Adjusting manual cleaning position. . . . . . digital¹
operating principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Operating principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Spoilers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Sport Chrono Stopwatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Sport exhaust system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
SPORT mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Spotify
Set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Standard pressure
Selecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Start
Launch Control (vehicles with manual
transmission). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Launch Control (Vehicles with PDC). . . . . . . . . 66
Start menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Starting
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Steering wheel
Adjusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Configuring shortcut button. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Stopping
Automatic engine stopping (Auto Start Stop
function) (vehicles with manual transmission) 56
Automatic engine stopping (Auto Start Stop
function) (vehicles with PDK). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Stopwatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Storage compartment
In front armrest, opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Storage options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Storage options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Storage compartment in front armrest. . . digital¹
Store the
final position of the power windows. . . . . . . . . . 26
Store the final position of the power windows. . . . . 26
Storing
Personal settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Storing/editing a favorite
medium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Storing/editing favorite
music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Stowing a cellphone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Stowing a smartphone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Stowing the phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Summer tires
Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Switch on windshield wiper
rain sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Index
Switching
collision warning on and off. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Switching Auto Blip (intermediate gas function)
on and off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Switching automatic interior mirror dimming on/off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Switching on
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Switching the emergency flasher on and off. . . . . . 73
Switching the intermediate gas function
on and off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Switching Warn and Brake Assist
on and off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
T
Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
instrument cluster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Tailgate (service hatches). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Teach
garage door opener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Teach HomeLink® garage door opener. . . . . . . . digital¹
Technical data
Fill quantity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
for wheel and tire sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Tire pressure tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Test stands
Brake test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Time and date
set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Tire Mobility System - TMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Tire pressure
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Displaying on instrument cluster. . . . . . . . . . . 150
System learning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Tire pressure compressor
removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
stowage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
193
Index
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . 150
Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Teaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Tire pressure plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Tire pressure tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Tire sealant
Removing and stowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Tire sealant/sealing set
For defective tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Tire selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Checking tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Displaying pressure deviation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Fixing a flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Replacing tires (general information). . . . . . . 157
Sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Selecting performance pressure or standard
pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Setting the tire type and tire size. . . . . . . . . . . 153
Snow chains (general information). . . . . . . . . 166
Snow tires (general information). . . . . . . . . . . 166
Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Teaching new tires in the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Tire Mobility System - TMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Tire pressure plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Tread depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Toll devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Tool box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Removing and stowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Topping up
oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140, 141
Touch display
care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Touch display in dashboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Touchdisplay
Adjusting screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
194 1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Towing
General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Towing hook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Using towing rope or towing bar. . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Towing hook
in tool box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System). . . . . . . 150
TRACK mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Traffic
Operating principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Traffic notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Traffic sign recognition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
cornering instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
display elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
General safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
speed limit warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
speed limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Transmission
intermediate gas function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
manual transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Porsche Double Clutch Transmission (PDC). . 62
Transport (on car trains, ferries, etc.)
Securing the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Tray (phone). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Tread depth
Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Trunk
closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Emergency release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Trunk lid
Emergency release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Tuning to/saving stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Turn signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Turning seat heating on/off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Turning the door mirror heating on/off. . . . . . . digital¹
U Vehicle Hotspot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Underbody protection
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Unlocking
the vehicle door from inside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Unlocking and opening hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Unlocking the vehicle from inside. . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Unlocking the vehicle using the vehicle key. . . 32
vehicle emergency release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Unlocking when approaching vehicle. . . . . . . . . digital¹
Update
download. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
failed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
to install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Upper ventilation panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
USB
interfaces in the armrest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
USB connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Using
the garage door opener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Using remote functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Using remote services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Using the SIM card
on the phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Using voice control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
V
Valves
Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Vehicle
emergency lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
emergency release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Locking from inside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Locking with the vehicle key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Unlocking with the vehicle key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Vehicle data carrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Vehicle door
Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Vehicle identification number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Vehicle key
Change battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Lock the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Unlock the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Vehicle settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Adjust instrument cluster display. . . . . . . . digital¹
Adjusting display of touch display. . . . . . . . digital¹
Adjusting volume of warning signals and
ParkAssist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Configuring capacitive combination button. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Configuring Steering wheel shortcut button. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Displaying driving data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Displaying pressure deviation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Resetting driving data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Set units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting locking options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting the tire type and tire size. . . . . . . . . . . 153
Setting the volume of navigation
announcements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Settings for locking and unlocking optionsdigital¹
Storing on personal buttons. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . 152
Video
Supported file formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Voice control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Google Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Online mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Sample commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Speak natural language commands. . . . . . digital¹
Speak voice commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Use voice control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Voice control help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Voice control settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Voice Pilot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
1. Further information can be found in the digital manual (see details at the beginning of this booklet).
Index
W WiFi
Device manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Warn and Brake Assist Using an external WiFi hotspot. . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Brake support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Using the PCM WiFi hotspot. . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Braking jolt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Window panes
Collision warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Defrosting windshield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
General safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Windows
Operating principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting the functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Defrosting the windshield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Switching Collision Warning on and off. . . digital¹
opening/closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Switching Distance Warning on and off. . digital¹
storing final position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Warning
Turning rear window heating on/off. . . . . . digital¹
lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Windshield washer system
Warning and Brake Assist
Fill quantity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting the warning time for Distance Warning
Freeze protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Setting warning time for Collision Warning. . . . . . Windshield wiper
and washer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
System limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 tapping function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Warning messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Warning and Information Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Windshield wipers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Wiper blades
Washer fluid
Care instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Fill quantity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Freeze protection agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Wireless Internet access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Weather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital¹
Wheel and Tire Sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Wheel care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Fixing a flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Performing emergency fastening of the central
bolt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Replacing tires (general information). . . . . . . 157
Snow chains (general information). . . . . . . . . 166
Snow tires (general information). . . . . . . . . . . 166
Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Tire Mobility System - TMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Tire pressure plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Tire sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
195